advances and trends in wireless technologies
Transcription
advances and trends in wireless technologies
ADVANCES AND TRENDS IN WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES D267 www.frost.com ADVANCES AND TRENDS IN WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES D267 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Frost & Sullivan takes no responsibility for any incorrect information supplied to us by contributors or sources of information. Information provided here is based primarily on interviews and therefore is subject to fluctuation. Frost & Sullivan reports are limited publications containing valuable market and technical information provided to a select group of customers in response to orders. Our customers acknowledge when ordering that Frost & Sullivan reports are for our customers’ internal use and not for general publication or disclosure to third parties. No part of this report may be given, lent, resold, or disclosed to non-customers without written permission. Furthermore, no part may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the permission of the publisher. For information regarding permission, write: Technical Insights Frost & Sullivan 7550 West Interstate 10, Suite 400 San Antonio, TX 78229, USA Tel: 210-348-1000 Fax: 210-348-1003 www.frost.com or www.technical-insights.frost.com Table of Contents Executive Summary Economic and Business Climate, Scope and Methodology................................................ 1 Technology Options in Bleak Economic Climate.................................................................... 1 Scope and Methodology.......................................................................................................... 2 Highlights and Key Findings ............................................................................................. 3 Wireless Communication--Technology Advances Lead to Productivity and Efficiency.......... 3 Highlights and Key Findings .................................................................................................. 4 Assessment of Mobile Technologies Description ........................................................................................................................ 7 Technology Evolution--From Analog to Digital ..................................................................... 7 The Real Cellular Services - 2G Technologies............................................................................ 8 A Burden of Many Technologies and Standards ..................................................................... 9 Devices.......................................................................................................................................... 9 Networks and Standards ............................................................................................................. 9 Existing Technology--What New Innovations are Up Against ........................................ 11 2G Technology ..................................................................................................................... 11 AMPS ......................................................................................................................................... 11 TDMA......................................................................................................................................... 11 CDMA ........................................................................................................................................ 12 GSM............................................................................................................................................ 13 2.5G Technology .................................................................................................................. 13 HSCSD ....................................................................................................................................... 13 GPRS .......................................................................................................................................... 14 EDGE ......................................................................................................................................... 15 Drivers and Challenges ......................................................................................................... 15 Emerging Technology - 3G ............................................................................................. 16 Analysis of the Technology and its Applications .................................................................. 16 Characteristics and Applications of 3G ................................................................................. 19 3G or not 3G: Characteristics of the Technology .................................................................... 19 UMTS/WCDMA ........................................................................................................................ 20 CDMA - 2000 ............................................................................................................................. 21 1XEV-DO ................................................................................................................................... 21 1xEV-DV .................................................................................................................................... 22 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com v Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Technology Challenges--3G Must Overcome Security Concerns and Competing Technologies......................................................................................................................... 22 Drivers and Restraints........................................................................................................... 23 4G.................................................................................................................................... 25 A Promise of Mobile Virtual Reality and Advanced Application Integration ....................... 25 Spectrum and Service Capabilities........................................................................................ 26 Drivers for 4G....................................................................................................................... 28 Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments..................................................................... 29 Create Spintronics Material by Mixing Zinc Dioxide and Manganese--Sweden ................... 29 Low-Energy Mobile Communications--Sweden ................................................................... 30 RF Systems May Get Embedded High-Q Inductors--North America .................................... 30 Sun Cycles and Antennae Position Affect Cell Phones--North America ............................... 31 Improve Contrast and Brightness in Portables--North America ............................................ 31 Wireless Applications to Benefit from Si-Based Tunnel Diode--North America .................. 32 Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards 802.11 Wireless Local Area Networks ............................................................................ 35 Standards Assessment and Background/Network Requirements/Security ............................. 35 Characteristics ........................................................................................................................... 36 Channels..................................................................................................................................... 37 Range and Performance ............................................................................................................ 37 Network Requirements.............................................................................................................. 38 Different Wireless LAN Standards ........................................................................................... 38 Different Wireless LAN Standards ........................................................................................... 39 Security Issues............................................................................................................................ 41 Wi-Fi--A Shared Medium ..................................................................................................... 42 Distance from the Base Station ............................................................................................. 43 What The Technology Means to Other Players ..................................................................... 44 Market Dynamics--Benefits/Restraints/Increasing the Wi-Fi Customer Base ....................... 45 Benefits ....................................................................................................................................... 45 Restraints ................................................................................................................................... 45 Increasing the Wi-Fi Customer Base ........................................................................................ 45 Wireless Personal Area Networks.................................................................................... 46 Standards Projects in Development....................................................................................... 46 Bluetooth--Revision and Expansion Driven by Technological and Market Needs ................ 47 Ultrawideband--Delivering Multimedia Capability Over the Short Range ............................ 49 WiMedia ............................................................................................................................... 52 Zigbee--It's Good for Low-Cost Control Signaling ............................................................... 54 802.16 Broadband Wireless Access Standards ............................................................... 56 WiMAX--Long Distance Option Doesn't Need Line-of-Sight............................................... 56 vi D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Table of Contents WiMAX-802.16a ........................................................................................................................ 57 LMDS--A High-Throughput Fixed Wire Solution ................................................................ 59 LMDS - Local Multipoint Distribution Service........................................................................ 59 MMDS--A Long Distance Option for Small Businesses and Homes..................................... 61 MMDS Architecture .................................................................................................................. 61 Access Systems ........................................................................................................................... 62 Issues .......................................................................................................................................... 62 Recent Developments................................................................................................................. 62 Comparison of Competing Technologies......................................................................... 63 5GHz VS 2.4Ghz .................................................................................................................. 63 Wi-Fi VS UWB..................................................................................................................... 64 Wi-Fi VS 802.16a ................................................................................................................. 65 Wi-Fi Vs Bluetooth............................................................................................................... 66 Wi-Fi VS HomeRF ............................................................................................................... 66 Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments..................................................................... 67 Nanotube to Serve as an Antennae for Wireless Devices--North America ............................ 67 Magnets to Damp Out Electromagnetic Noise--North America ............................................ 68 On-Chip Wireless Communication--North America ............................................................. 69 Remote Monitoring of Home Appliances--Singapore ........................................................... 69 802.20 to Give Competition to 802.16 .................................................................................. 70 Drivers & Restrains ......................................................................................................... 71 Drivers .................................................................................................................................. 71 Restraints .............................................................................................................................. 72 Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies RF Technologies.............................................................................................................. 75 Technology Assessment--Intense Innovation Drives Applications........................................ 75 Wireless Broadcast Across Chip--North America ................................................................. 76 Optical Communication Technologies............................................................................. 77 High Data Rates and Long Haul Spans ................................................................................. 77 Lawrence Livermore Completes Laser Communication Link--North America ..................... 78 A New Family of Optical Materials--North America ............................................................ 79 Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments..................................................................... 80 Carbon Nanotubes for RF Signal Processing - North America............................................. 80 Colloidal Quantum Dot Laser for Communication Devices - North America ....................... 80 Ruby Slows Light - North America...................................................................................... 81 Addressing the Last Mile Problem in Communication - North America .............................. 82 Use Gold Nanocrystal as RFID Inks - North America........................................................... 83 This Tag Will Self Destruct in 30 Seconds - The Netherlands ............................................. 84 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com vii Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies RFID Tags on the Rise - The Netherlands............................................................................ 84 FDA Approves Chip Implant - North America .................................................................... 85 Integrate RFID with Other Applications - North America ................................................... 86 Detect Biological and Chemical Agents Using RF-Based Biosensor - North America......... 87 Assessment of Wireless Sensors Wireless Sensor Systems ................................................................................................. 89 Smart Devices and Sensors ................................................................................................... 89 Smart Devices and Smart Sensors ............................................................................................ 90 Standards .............................................................................................................................. 91 Applications.......................................................................................................................... 91 Leading Manufacturers and Key Players............................................................................... 92 Key Players ................................................................................................................................ 93 Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments..................................................................... 94 Low-Power CMOS Image Sensors - North America ............................................................ 94 Wireless Sensor Networks to Detect Forest Fires - Australia ............................................... 94 Self-Powered Wireless Sensors - North America .................................................................. 95 Watch Your Home Remotely With Affordable New Tools - North America ....................... 96 Wirelessly Linked Sensors and Machine Controllers - North America ................................ 97 An Application of Wireless Smart Sensors ........................................................................... 97 Sensor Detects Forces in Human Knee Joints - North America............................................ 98 Benefits and Challenges .................................................................................................. 99 Benefits................................................................................................................................. 99 Low Power Usage....................................................................................................................... 99 Power Harvesting....................................................................................................................... 99 Embedded Intelligence .............................................................................................................. 99 Process Gain............................................................................................................................. 100 Low-Power Design ................................................................................................................... 101 Diversity ................................................................................................................................... 102 Battery Technology.................................................................................................................. 102 Extensibility--Standards and Technology .............................................................................. 102 Throughput--More is More ..................................................................................................... 103 Challenges .......................................................................................................................... 105 Wireless Security Brief Security ......................................................................................................................... 107 Sensitive Data ..................................................................................................................... 107 Security Measures............................................................................................................... 108 Enhanced Security: VPN Overlay........................................................................................... 109 viii D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Table of Contents Restraints ............................................................................................................................ 109 Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments................................................................... 111 An Optical Antenna for Improved Wireless Security--United Kingdom ............................. 111 WPA Plugs Holes in WEP .................................................................................................. 112 Market Impact Analysis Market Analysis............................................................................................................. 115 Market Dynamics................................................................................................................ 115 International Comparisons--North America/Western Europe/Asia-Pacific ......................... 116 Market Environment ............................................................................................................... 116 Hurdles to Wireless Deployment ........................................................................................ 117 Devices...................................................................................................................................... 118 Networks and Standards ......................................................................................................... 118 Network Service Plans ............................................................................................................. 118 VC Spending....................................................................................................................... 119 Applications................................................................................................................... 122 Electronic Business............................................................................................................. 122 Mobile Multimedia ............................................................................................................. 122 Various End Applications of Wireless Technologies .......................................................... 123 Devices...................................................................................................................................... 123 Classification............................................................................................................................ 126 The Benefits of Mobile and Wireless Computing ............................................................... 127 Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Patents and Glossary...................................................................................................... 129 Patents ................................................................................................................................ 129 Glossary of Terms............................................................................................................... 142 Wireless Security Glossary ................................................................................................. 161 Participating Companies ................................................................................................ 162 Company Listing................................................................................................................. 162 Contact Details ................................................................................................................... 171 Frost & Sullivan 2004 Science and Technology Awards Excellence In Technology ............................................................................................. 175 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 175 Award Description................................................................................................................... 175 Research Methodology ............................................................................................................ 175 Measurement Criteria ............................................................................................................. 176 Award Recipient ................................................................................................................. 176 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com ix Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Technology Leadership ................................................................................................. 177 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 177 Award Description................................................................................................................... 177 Research Methodology ............................................................................................................ 178 Measurement Criteria ............................................................................................................. 178 Award Recipient ................................................................................................................. 179 Decision Support Database Tables Telecom Investments ..................................................................................................... 181 Telecom Spending ......................................................................................................... 184 Mobile Workforce ......................................................................................................... 186 Mobile Handset ............................................................................................................. 189 Radio Frequency Identification Equipment/Application................................................ 192 x D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Executive Summary Economic and Business Climate, Scope and Methodology Technology Options in Bleak Economic Climate Confronting the bleakest market in the history of the industry, telecom service providers face the daunting task of balancing short-term earnings expectations with building a longer-term growth platform. However, legacy infrastructures and business practices present formidable hurdles, severely limiting the abilities of carriers to capture new revenues and cut costs. The challenge is further compounded by the inability of carriers to access the new capital required to address these problems effectively. Negative cash flows, rising operating expenses, crushing debt burdens and battered financial markets have created a capital drought that severely limit carriers’ options. Although carriers have worked aggressively to remedy the acute symptoms of the crisis, they have often failed to address the fundamental problems that precipitated it: Customer disaffection, market uncertainty, bandwidth commoditization, legacy technology constraints and limited capital. Careful consideration of each can guide strategic priorities. The future of the global telecom market is unsettled for several reasons. Most pressing is that carriers have yet to discover a likely source for the next wave of revenue growth. Furthermore, no one can currently foretell how deregulation, competition, bankruptcy and consolidation will affect the overall industry structure and dynamics. Adding to the uncertainty, basic telecom services (fixed and wireless voice) have reached saturation levels and are now competing aggressively with each other. In the past, carriers relied on increasing their customer bases to grow revenues. Now, they need to make more money from the assets used to provide core services; for example, offering a digital subscriber line over the same access line or network as fixed-line voice. Further, anticipated growth markets for data (such as, hosting, application services, wireless Internet) failed to emerge as predicted. Telecoms are not earning the revenues (nor are investors willing to provide the capital) to invest in new growth opportunities. The market is becoming very difficult to read and what's really driving most of the investments is anybody's guess. It has been a difficult couple of years to make decisions about what direction wireless infrastructure is going to take - 2.5G vs 3G, CDMA vs W-CDMA, or Voice Vs Data. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 1 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Scope and Methodology Scope This research service reviews advances in the wireless telecommunication industry that have applications in the electronics industry. The research service has an array of information on organizations, companies, universities, research institutions, and government agencies involved in the R&D of electronic materials. Contact details have also been provided for most of these organizations. A summary of key patents will give one an insight into notable activities, technology trends, and important players in this arena. The research service first covers research work related to 2G and 2.5G technologies, then delves on the position of 3G technology and takes up from there to focus on 4G technology. The report also focuses on the various wireless standards and technologies prevalent today in local area networks(LAN), personal area networks(PAN) and broad band wireless wide area networks(WAN). The research service distinguishes itself by focusing on user concerns by examining the practical and pragmatic applications of wireless technologies that address real-world issues and problems, with tangible results. First, there is the depth of its research, which goes far beyond merely exploring and forecasting overall technology markets, but also focuses on examining the telecommunication industry and applications that drive the larger markets. Second, Frost & Sullivan provides a dual focus on discovering trends of the vendor and the needs of the user communities. The research service will not only examine best practices and other qualitative aspects of organizations in this industry, but will also provide relevant drivers and restraints within the major technology sectors. In a gist, this research service: 1) Provides a synopsis of the emerging technologies and applications for wireless telecommunication technologies. 2) Analyzes technological trends that might affect market size and growth. 3) Enlists recent developments in the field of wireless technologies. 4) Identifies potential commercial applications. 5) Provides a summary of key patents that will give an insight into notable activity and important players. 6) Reports technology drivers as well as challenges in the way of commercial success. 7) Provides a detailed list of key contacts in the field, including names, titles, addresses, phone numbers, e-mail ids, and URLs. 2 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Executive Summary Methodology The information presented in this research service is based on an analysis and review of academic research papers and corporate product literature, as well as information found in the scientific and trade press. This information has been verified and expanded upon through primary research, by way of interviews with corporations, researchers, developers, and other market participants. In addition to the interviews and primary research, some secondary sources are used to develop a more complete mosaic of the market landscape. Highlights and Key Findings Wireless Communication--Technology Advances Lead to Productivity and Efficiency Wireless communications has entered an extraordinary new era, one that provides new opportunities for organizations to increase productivity and efficiency, create strategic differentiation in highly competitive markets, and enable richer communications with customers, vendors, and key staff. This new wireless era is occurring against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, compressed decision-making time frames, increased competition on almost every front, and concerns about crisis preparedness and response that are new to many in both business and government. Think of the power and efficiencies of being away from the office and having a conversation with a key customer while reading and responding to e-mail from another customer, all with a single wireless handheld device. Imagine the competitive implications of instantly alerting field personnel to a major development and having mobile field staff update central databases in real time. Envision the ability to rely on a wireless voice and data network in a crisis or maintain continuous wireless voice and data communications channels with key vendors and customers. These capabilities are here today and are already being successfully deployed by some of the most innovative and competitive organizations. There are two different perspectives on wireless networks. One is based on the traditional telecommunication and carriers and this is the world that produced the major cellular standards such as GSM, CDMA and bluetooth. These are very vertical in nature in that they seem to specify not only how the radio protocol works, but also user applications such as how you send an SMS message, how authentication happens, how the voice traffic is encoded and so on. In contrast, WLANs use a computer networking that is a very different world and tend to be a lot more horizontal in nature. A WLAN standard lets one know how you videoconference, or how you download data or communicate. All it prescribes is how you transport Ethernet packets and anything you can do with Ethernet packets, you can do with WLANs. You implement one to two layers of the protocol stack, and then place anything on top of that you want. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 3 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies People around the globe are beginning to recognize the great potential of the wireless Web and m-Commerce. The skyrocketing growth in cell phone use throughout the world is evidence of the popularity and swift take-up of mobile technologies. Once the mobile communications network is fully developed, more sophisticated devices are made available and services improve, the wireless Web will expand radically. These changes combined with killer applications which allow users to access the information and products they want at anytime, from any place will drive m-commerce. Device limitations such as screen quality and unreliable service also play a part in consumers’ current reluctance. With the rapid development of voice recognition software and its integration into wireless devices, screen size and readability will cease to be drawbacks. Consumers will soon be able to speak their questions or requests into their wireless devices and receive verbal responses. Addressing the consumer’s wish list is key to growth in wireless Web connectivity and commerce. Consumers want high-speed access, better user interfaces and lower connection costs before they will pursue their personal wireless visions. However, only a small percentage of the mobile community uses its devices to access the Internet, while an even smaller percentage of people shop through the devices. Enterprises today are seeing real benefits from the use of mobile devices and applications. From sales representatives taking orders at customer sites, to field service personnel remotely accessing account history, to executives checking e-mail, mobile devices are becoming as ubiquitous as they are versatile. Industries such as pharmaceuticals, healthcare, manufacturing, retail and distribution are already recognizing the benefits of wireless and mobile computing. Highlights and Key Findings Presently, it is very evident that there are distinct geographical groupings that are pushing a particular technology- Europe pushing GSM, the United States pushing TDMA and CDMA, and Asia using almost all the technologies. The result is a wide variety of technology developments taking place in each continent and yet not fully compatible with each other. Users switching from one carrier to another using a different technology have to use a different hand set or a dual mode handset. Also, the features supported by one carrier may not support another. The four main digital technologies used in the United States are code division multiple access (CDMA), global system for mobile communications (GSM), integrated digital enhanced network (iDEN), and time division multiple access (TDMA). These four technologies are commonly referred to as second generation, or 2G, because they succeeded the first generation of analog cellular technology, advanced mobile phone systems (AMPS). 4 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Executive Summary Beyond the 2G digital technologies, mobile telephone carriers have been deploying next-generation network technologies that allow them to offer mobile data services at higher data transfer speeds and, in some cases, increased voice capacity. TDMA/GSM carriers are deploying general packet radio service (GPRS or GSM/GPRS), a packet-based data-only network upgrade that allows for faster data rates by aggregating up to eight 14.4 kbps channels. GPRS's maximum data throughput rate is 115 kbps, but customers typically experience download speeds ranging from 30 kbps to 60 kbps. After rolling out GPRS, most US TDMA/GSM carriers plan to deploy enhanced data rates for GSM evolution (EDGE) and eventually wideband CDMA (WCDMA), also known as the universal mobile telecommunications system, or (UMTS). EDGE and WCDMA are expected to raise peak network speeds from 384 kbps to 473 kbps and 2 Mbps to 2.4 Mbps, respectively. Many CDMA carriers have been upgrading their networks to CDMA2000 1xRTT (also referred to as CDMA2000 1X or 1xRTT), a technology that doubles voice capacity and allows maximum data throughput rates of 144 kbps. Actual download speeds range from 30 kbps to 70 kbps. The next step in the CDMA migration beyond 1xRTT is CDMA2000 1X EV-DO (evolution-data only, EV-DO) or 1X EV-DV (evolution data and voice, EV-DV), which allow maximum data throughput speeds of 2.4 Mbps and 3.09 Mbps, respectively, and speeds ranging from 300 kbps to 700 kbps. 3G will offer multimedia capabilities and even location-enabled features. For instance, a user will be able to carry on a voice conversation while surfing the Internet, or participate in a video conference while sending a fax. What's more, 3G will offer a true global wireless system, permitting users to roam all over the world and make connections with anyone, anywhere. Moreover, it is the totality of the circumstances, including prices, the number of competitors, investment levels, and churn rates, as well as the other metrics, that indicates the extent of competition in the growing wireless industry. Continued downward price trends, the continued expansion of mobile networks into new and existing markets, high rates of investment, and churn rates of about 30%, when considered together with the other metrics, demonstrate a high level of competition for mobile telephone consumers. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 5 Assessment of Mobile Technologies Description Technology Evolution--From Analog to Digital Wireless services started with a blueprint that relied on cellular technology. The word 'cellular' connotes that each geographic region of coverage is broken up into cells. Within each of these cells is a radio transmitter as well as control equipment. The first cellular services, which operated at 800 MHz, used analog signals. Analog sends signals using a continuous stream or wave. When a cellular phone customer turns on his phone, a signal is sent that identifies him as a customer, makes sure he is a paying customer, then searches out a free channel to fit his call. PCS, or personal communications services which operated at 1850 MHz, followed years later. New entrants into the wireless market chose digital technology instead of analog. These companies saw the promise in building up PCS (personal communications services) systems based on digital, and hoped to benefit from continued growth. Some cellular operators saw this evolution coming, too. They, too, looked to benefit from digital technology by backing a technique that combined both mediums: digital-analog, known as D-AMPS 136, the next upgrade from cellular. This was intended to improve on an analog-only network. The upgrade was done to protect their investment in the cellular network while still being able to provide some of tomorrow's services that their customers will demand. While digital upgrades are growing and more and more operators are switching over to digital, by some estimates half the world's wireless users still use the basic analog system. Unlike analog which sends signals using a continuous stream, digital technology works by sampling pieces of the wave, chopping it up and then sending it in bursts of data. Digital technology encodes the voice into bit streams. It is this delivery that makes digital more suitable to carry data, not to mention more secure. It provides faster data speeds, which will come in handy when the Internet meets the airwaves. Other benefits of digital include better usage of bandwidth, or the power of the frequency, and less chance of a corrupted call. These features and others, including security, have been touted by the new PCS systems around the country. One of digital's drawbacks, however, is that its different technologies result in lackluster coverage area. There are three digital wireless technologies: CDMA (code-division multiple access), TDMA (time-division multiple D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 7 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies access), and GSM (global system for mobile communication), so phones that work with one technology may not necessarily work on another network that supports a different technology. Drawbacks aside, digital is shaping up to be the technology of the future. When customers switch their landline phones for wireless phone, the new system will most likely be based on digital technology. This phenomenon, called wireless local loop--or using wireless as one would use a fixed phone--is especially taking off globally in countries where telephone infrastructure is scarce and expensive to install. Wireless phones are the quick and easy way for a wireless operator to get phones and phone services out to customers. And with the tidal wave of new data applications being designed and implemented for digital networks, digital looks like the 'next-generation technology' winner. Use of airwaves to send information is not new; it has been mainly used by intelligence to send sensitive information. However, it soon began to be used for civilian applications, too, starting off with car phones around 1947 in the United States. In the initial stages (first generation services) , one central tower sent radio frequency signals on air which was picked up by mobile units. As the geographical area expanded, the power required to transmit also increased, leading to higher interference, larger, clumsy equipment and inability to handle larger numbers of subscribers. The Real Cellular Services - 2G Technologies The need to accommodate larger numbers of subscribers brought in the concept of 'cell' (2nd generation services), breaking up a larger geographical area into smaller cells, each of which will have a low-powered transmission tower. Keeping the power low enables the frequencies to be reused in other cells far away from each other, thus making better use of the available spectrum. In addition to the introduction of cells, the modulation/multiplexing techniques also underwent change. Instead of sending one voice per channel, multiplexing allowed many voice conversations to be simultaneously sent over the same channel. Prominent among the multiplexing techniques were TDMA and CDMA. In TDMA, if there were eight calls to be sent over the same channel, each of the calls would be given 1/8th of the time in rotation. In CDMA, the eight calls are encoded and sent at the same time. Apart from these two, there is also the less popular FDMA, where frequency division was the basis for multiple access. TDMA and CDMA form the core of most of the cellular networks world over. GSM, the dominant standard in Europe, is based on a version of TDMA. 8 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies Table 2-1. Technology Analysis: The frequency band and classification of each type of technology Technology Classification Frequency Band AMPS (analog or FDMA) Analog Cellular 800 MHz CDMA (IS-95) Digital Cellular or PCS 800 MHz or 1900 MHz TDMA) Digital Cellular or PCs 800 MHz or 1900 MHz GSM 1900 (PCS-1900 or DCS-1900) PCS 1900 MHz only TDMA (IS-136, Digital-AMPS, D-AMPS or NA- Source: Frost & Sullivan A Burden of Many Technologies and Standards Today’s mobile and wireless technologies, PC/LAN and even WAN environment comprise a patchwork of different technologies, standards and works-in-progress. This complexity is most evident in the following areas. Devices While enterprise desktop systems are relatively standardized, wireless devices come in many forms, are manufactured by multiple vendors and run on many different operating systems. Pocket PC, Windows CE, Palm OS, RIM and RIM/J2ME often must be supported in some combination of standards and operating systems. Vendors of wireless-capable devices include HP, Palm, Sony, Kyocera, Samsung, Handspring and Research in Motion, just to name a few. In addition, while some of these combinations are similar, no two configurations have identical management interfaces. Further complicating the situation, each operating system and hardware vendor continues to release new versions of hardware, software, device drivers and applications. Networks and Standards Unlike the PC environment, which has standardized on Ethernet and TCP/IP connectivity throughout the LAN and WAN, wireless networks are more diverse and require relationships with multiple service providers to achieve nationwide coverage. Wireless network technologies encompass multiple connection standards (eg. CDMA, GPRS, 802.11b, 802.11a and 802.11g) and evolving security standards (WEP, LEAP, TLS, TTLS, 802.1x, 802.11I, etc.), all made more difficult by vendor-to-vendor hardware and software incompatibilities. For wireless LANs, 802.11b, 802.11a, and 802.11g are in place or coming soon. Wireless WAN coverage entails a patchwork of network types and carrier coverage maps. Even if a single primary carrier is selected, roaming agreements will increase cost and will require some knowledge of other carriers to troubleshoot and resolve problems. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 9 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Globally, Frost & Sullivan sees the market for the next five years as flat. Although there are signs of increasing volumes in W-CDMA and CDMA 2000 networks, there is extreme pressure on system prices. Despite relatively flat top line growth, there are clear regional differences. For instance, the amount of money that was spent on 3G systems really crushed the balance sheets of many organizations, but 3G networks are being deployed by Hutchinson, UK and Australia. The United States also has made heavy investments in the last year and has migrated from legacy networks on to global standards, from TDMA-based networks to GSM and CDMA networks . 3G deployments--WCDMA or CDMA 2000--are several years away . In Asia Pacific, Japan has been the forerunner in deploying WCDMA. DoCoMo has captured the market, with about 30% of its revenue coming from data services. The company has also achieved critical mass on its wide-band CDMA . Emerging markets--China, India, and the former Soviet Union--have a different story. Deployment in these countries are driven by voice and by competitive prices compared to America or Europe. So there is immense pressure on equipment manufacturing companies to reduce system costs. Migrations are seen from pure ATMbased networks to multi-service networks . Within the base stations some of the new technologies are adaptable antenna, and multi user detection, which improves capacity and removes the cost factor. Multi-standard and multi-platform are single base systems that can support GSM, GPRS, EDGE and WCDMA , from one perspective. RF companies developing adaptable RF and antenna still face problems. It is difficult to design a device that operates over different bands and is efficient. So there are companies still trying to build multi-band, multibandwidth products with multi reconfigurable standards. The challenge for telecommunication technology companies is to bring the multi-standard to the market place, include developing antenna technology to support multi-bands, and developing chips that are flexible, consume less power and are available at an affordable price. 10 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies Existing Technology--What New Innovations are Up Against 2G Technology AMPS AMPS (advanced mobile phone service) is a standard system for analog signal cellular telephone service in the United States and is also used in other countries. It is based on the initial electromagnetic radiation spectrum allocation for cellular service by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) in 1970. Introduced by AT&T in 1983, AMPS became and currently still is the most widely deployed cellular system in the United States. AMPS allocates frequency ranges within the 800 MHz and 900 MHz spectrum to cellular telephones. Each service provider can use half of the 824 MHz to 849 MHz range for receiving signals from cellular phones and half the 869 MHz to 894 MHz range for transmitting to cellular phones. The bands are divided into 30 kHz sub-bands, called channels. The receiving channels are called reverse channels and the sending channels are called forward channels. The division of the spectrum into sub-band channels is achieved using frequency division multiple access (FDMA). As a user moves out of the cell's area into an adjacent cell, the user begins to pick up the new cell's signals without any noticeable transition. The signals in the adjacent cell are sent and received on different channels than the previous cell's signals, so that the signals don't interfere with each other. The analog service of AMPS has been updated with digital cellular service by adding to FDMA a further subdivision of each channel using TDMA. This service is known as digital AMPS. Although AMPS and DAMPS originated for the North American cellular telephone market, they are now used worldwide with over 74 million subscribers, according to Ericsson, one of the major cellular phone manufacturers. TDMA TDMA (time division multiple access) is a technology for digital transmission of radio signals. Time division multiplexing is one of the most popular cellular technologies in use in the world today, powering nearly 60% to 70% of the worldwide networks and cellular subscribers. As mentioned earlier, TDMA combines three calls in a single frequency band by rotating access to the calls, every millisecond. The technology is also known as DAMPS (digital advanced mobile phone service). TDMA is based on the popular IS-136 standard, which was D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 11 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies previously known as D-AMPS IS-136. It is a digital, wireless standard that is feature rich, flexible, efficient and widely implemented. The IS-136 standard was first specified in 1994, and builds on the previous digital standard called IS-54B. In TDMA, the frequency band is split into several channels, which are stacked into short time units. This means several calls can share a single channel without interfering with one another. TDMA is the basis for digital advanced mobile phone system, digital enhanced cordless technology, personal communication system (PCS, again mainly in use in United States), personal digital communication (PDC) and the most popular of them all, global system for mobile communication (GSM, mainly in use in Europe and parts of Asia). Each of these use a variant of the TDMA schema. TDMA is a growing technology, and is one of the world’s most widely deployed digital wireless systems. TDMA network operators provide mobile services to more than 80 million subscribers in over 100 countries. The technology is represented across all regions of the world and its escalating growth rate is set to continue for years to come. TDMA operators have the choice of following the GSM or CDMA technology evolution path to 3G. It also has a natural evolution path for analog AMPS networks and has also attracted many new network operators. It offers efficient coverage and is well suited to emerging applications such as wireless virtual private networks. CDMA CDMA (code division multiple access) refers to any of several protocols used in 2G and 3G wireless communications. CDMA allows numerous signals to occupy a single transmission channel, optimizing the use of available bandwidth. CDMA is an IS-95 based digital technology for delivering mobile telephone services. CDMA systems have been in commercial operation since 1995, and these systems now support over 95 million subscribers worldwide. CDMA networks operate in the 800 MHz and 1900 MHz frequency bands with primary markets in the Americas and Asia. IS-95 CDMA technology provides for both voice and data services up to speeds of 64 Kbits/sec, as well as integrated voice mail and SMS services. The technology is used in ultra-high-frequency (UHF) cellular telephone systems in the 800 MHz and 1.9 GHz bands. CDMA employs analog-to-digital conversion (ADC) in combination with spread spectrum technology. Audio input is first digitized into binary elements. The frequency of the transmitted signal is then made to vary according to a defined pattern (code), so it can be intercepted only by a receiver whose frequency response is programmed with the same code, so it follows exactly along with the transmitter frequency. There are trillions of possible frequency-sequencing codes; this enhances privacy and makes cloning difficult. The CDMA channel is nominally 1.23 MHz-wide. CDMA networks use a scheme called soft handoff, which minimizes signal breakup as a handset passes from one cell to another. The combination of digital and spread- 12 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies spectrum modes support several times as many signals per unit bandwidth as analog modes. CDMA is compatible with other cellular technologies; this allows for nationwide roaming. The original CDMA standard, also known as CDMA One (standards specified in ITU IS-95 first specified in 1993) and still common in cellular telephones in the United States, offers a transmission speed of only up to 14.4 Kbps in its single channel form (IS-95A) and up to 115 Kbps (IS-95B) in an eight-channel form. CDMA2000 and wideband CDMA (3 G technologies) deliver data many times faster. GSM GSM (global system for mobile communications) is the most widely adopted mobile standard in the world. GSM uses a variation of the TDMA scheme and is the most widely used of the three digital wireless telephone technologies (TDMA, GSM, and CDMA). GSM digitizes and compresses data, then sends it down a channel with two other streams of user data, each in its own time slot. It operates at the 900 MHz, 1800 MHz or 1900 MHz frequency band. GSM family comprises GSM900, GSM1800 and GSM1900 standards. GSM800 is typically used in urban areas with high user concentration while GSM 1800 (also known as DCS 1800 or PCN) is used in rural areas with dispersed user base. GSM 1900 is typically limited to United States and is called the PCS. More than 835 million subscribers in 400 networks in 195 countries today use GSM to increase business efficiency and to keep contacts with family and friends. In this market, Ericsson is the number one supplier of GSM networks in all regions. In fact, half of all GSM calls made anywhere in the world are connected by an Ericsson system. Because GSM is the most widely used mobile system in the world, for most operators GPRS is the easiest and most logical way of offering users mobile messaging and multimedia services. The developing world will account for a large proportion of the next billion users. With many unable to afford today's subscription and service rates, operators must find ways to give people with limited resources access to communication. 2.5G Technology HSCSD High-speed circuit switched data (HSCSD) is an enhanced data service (circuit switched data - CSD) of current GSM networks. It allows transmission at 38.4 kbps (4 times of that achieved in GSM) by using 4 voice channels and allows you to access non-voice services, 3 times faster. Like in GSM, the channels are blocked for the time of use. It allows you to access your company LAN, send and receive e-mails, and access the Internet while on the move. The technology can be easily implemented using just software upgrades, making quick upgrade a possibility for the operators. HSCSD is currently available to 90 millions subscribers across 25 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 13 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies countries around the world and with the implementation of international roaming agreements between all HSCSD operators, the move just got easier. HSCSD is offered to subscribers using either voice terminals that support the feature, or a special PCMCIA portable computer card, with a built-in GSM phone that turns notebook computers and other portable devices into a complete high-speed mobile office with the ability to make voice calls hands free, as well as data transfer. This service is useful to customers who wish access their office Intranet or their mails or files stored outside their primary storage areas. If a customer is traveling out of his country it allows him to connect to a local ISP, or directly to his office using the cellular device rather than a fixed line, and benefit from significant improvements in rates of transfer. For the end users, it means higher throughput at slightly higher prices. This throughput allows irritation-free Internet browsing and even video conferencing. GPRS General packet radio service, (GPRS) a key wireless data technology, is expected to be implemented widely in the next few years. GPRS is a packet-linked technology that enables high-speed wireless Internet and other data communications. It provides more than four times greater speed that conventional GSM systems and can transmit data at higher rates of up to 100 kbps (GSM can at 9.6 kbps), supports both IP as well as X.25 (ensures compatibility with majority of the worldwide data networks) and allows for simultaneous voice/data transmission. Using a packet data service, subscribers are always connected and always on line so services will be easy and quick to access. The higher speed/bandwidth will allow the operators to offer content-rich services like multimedia and gaming applications on-line. GPRS allows the operator to become the ISP, making the process much simpler for the end-user. GPRS achieves the higher throughput of 100 kbps by combining 8 voice channels (14.4kbps achievable on one voice channels). Since it is packetized, the channels are used only as long as necessary, making multiple transmissions possible. GPRS is a new non-voice value-added service that allows information to be sent and received across a mobile telephone network. It supplements today's circuit switched data and short message service. GPRS is not related to GPS (the global positioning system), a similar acronym that is often used in mobile contexts. Theoretical maximum speeds of up to 171.2 kilobits per second (kbps) are achievable with GPRS using all eight timeslots at the same time. This is about ten times as fast as current circuit switched data services on GSM networks. However, it should be noted that it is unlikely that a network operator will allow all timeslots to be used by a single GPRS user. Additionally, the initial GPRS terminals (phones or modems) are supporting only one to four timeslots. The bandwidth available to a GPRS user will therefore be limited. 14 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies GPRS facilitates instant connections whereby information can be sent or received immediately, subject to radio coverage. No dial-up modem connection is necessary. This is why GPRS users are sometimes referred to be as being 'always connected'. EDGE EDGE (enhanced data rates for GSM evolution) is an evolution over GPRS and uses the same physical infrastructure. EDGE provides three times the data capacity of GPRS. Using EDGE, operators can handle three times more subscribers than GPRS, triple their data rate per subscriber, or add extra capacity to their voice communications. This technology gives GSM the capacity to handle services for 3G mobile telephony. EDGE uses the same TDMA frame structure, logic channel and 200 kHz carrier bandwidth as today's GSM networks, which allows existing cell plans to remain intact. It introduces new methods at the physical layer including a new form of modulation (8 PSK) which enhances error correction, leading to throughput as high as 500 kbps. However, the gateways such as GGSN and SGSN are retained, enabling EDGE to be deployed over GPRS networks. Further, since TDMA/IS-136 networks will also be using the same gateways (GGSN and SGSN), roaming between GSM and TDMA networks will become possible with EDGE. Drivers and Challenges Drivers At present, the uptake of wireless technology is primarily based on voice calls. However, local businesses can harness the value-add of mobility beyond voice by using data applications, which have become crucial for competitive advantage. The launch of GPRS has made business mobility come into its own by providing a quicker return on investment (ROI) through time-saving benefits, less margin for errors, cheaper costs, less paperwork, more sales revenue and an added more flexible, portable and quantifiable means of exchanging information or data. New devices will be expected to run advanced computing functions such as streaming audio, video and data. The growth of wireless mobile Internet devices--personal digital assistants (PDAs), smart phones, web tablets and Internet appliances--will fuel the growth of wireless Internet which, in turn, was fueled by new technologies such as 2.5G technologies, such as GPRS EDGE and other worldwide broadband standards. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 15 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Challenges To deliver the present 2G and 2.5G technologies to the world's next billion users, operators must focus on both their own and their subscribers' costs. The challenge is to maintain profit while addressing new subscriber segments that generate lower average revenue per user (ARPU) than today's subscribers. This must be done while maintaining the existing premium segment. Some potential new subscribers live in areas that do not yet have coverage, but most live in areas already covered by GSM networks. They cannot afford the phones or the services. The telecom industry must now provide solutions that lower operators' capital and operating expenditures. This will let them address both segments without compromising their bottom lines. GSM is an established technology with a global footprint that allows economies of scale. Emerging Technology - 3G Analysis of the Technology and its Applications The wireless world is evolving rapidly and the demand for untethered access is becoming increasingly more important. People today want the ability to communicate on their own terms, to get connected and stay connected in order to send and receive information in any form - voice, text, image, or video. In short, they want the ability to rely on a wireless device to liberate them from the traditional ways they work and play by connecting them to the mobile services they want and need in order to enrich their lives.. The International Telecommunications Union (ITU), the arm of the United Nations that oversees global telecommunications systems, is overseeing worldwide efforts to define 3G wireless standards. These standards, known as International Mobile Telecommunications-2000 (IMT-2000), will provide universal coverage and enable seamless roaming across multiple networks. The original vision of IMT-2000 was to create a single system, common to all global regions. However, most of the world's wireless service providers invested heavily in their 2G wireless systems. Many of these carriers have demanded that 3G networks evolve gracefully from their existing digital systems, in order to protect their investments in 2G technology. As a result, in 1997, the IMT-2000 vision evolved into the idea of creating a family of systems. The goal now is to upgrade all the world's 2G systems - including CDMA, TDMA and GSM, to comply with a common set of 3G requirements. 3G refers to a type of mobile-phone infrastructure with a higher data capacity than previous networks (such as 2G and 2.5G). The main benefit of 3G should be easier use of the mobile Internet. Activities such as video broadcasting via mobile phone should also become possible. 3G technology will also allow subscribers to 16 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies access several services at once. For instance, a user will be able to carry on a voice conversation while surfing the Internet, or participate in a videoconference while sending a fax. What's more, the 3G will offer a true global wireless system, permitting users to roam all over the world and connect with anyone, anywhere. How big is the market for it? Major telecoms operators thought it was huge and in early 2000, they dug themselves deep into debt by bidding wildly for 3G licenses. However, investors disagreed, and the operators' share prices and credit ratings sank. Whether consumers want it is unclear: As of now users seem to be content with text messaging and simple data communication. Moreover, competitive technologies such as WLANs are emerging that could render 3G irrelevant. Japan became the first country to roll out 3G, in October 2001, after a five-month delay due to technical problems. South Korea, using a slightly different network, also claims to be the world's leader in the adoption of 3G technology. Even America with a variant of the CDMA technology has surpassed Europe, whose 3G roll-out, led by mobile videophones in spring 2003, has gone technologically awry. Besides creating a true global roaming capability, 3G will substantially improve users' ability to access data. It features circuit-switched capabilities for voice communication and packet-switched capabilities for high-speed data services. While current wireless systems are limited to a relatively slow 14.4 Kbps, third generation networks will initially boost data speeds up to 384 Kbps. Later, data speeds are expected to reach up to 2 Mbps, particularly for indoor, fixed wireless users. What's more, 3G systems use only as much bandwidth as necessary for each particular application. When a user makes a voice call, the system automatically allocates 8 Kbps. When the user wants to video conference or surf the Internet, the system automatically allocates more bandwidth. The Japanese have been the most aggressive in their push toward developing this technology because they have the most pressing need. Their demand for cellular service has exploded in recent years, and spectrum shortages in Japan are beginning to limit wireless growth. In addition, the Japanese government's Ministry of Post and Telecommunications has stated that it will only allocate new spectrum for systems that are 3G compliant. As a result, Japanese wireless operators have been setting the pace for international standardization efforts. Japanese telecommunications operators such as NTT DoCoMo, the largest telecommunications company in the world, and Japan Telecom are focusing on wideband CDMA (W-CDMA) as their preferred technology for 3G services. DDI and IDO, currently cmdaOne (a type of CDMA, also known as IS-95) operators, are promoting wideband-cmdaOne technology, which provides a better evolution path for IS-95. The European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) is developing a European set of 3G standards, called the universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS). The current UMTS proposal, now called UMTS terrestrial radio access (UTRA), focuses on ways that GSM technology can evolve into 3G by taking advantage of wideband CDMA technology. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 17 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies In North America, major efforts are under way by the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), a group responsible for public, mobile and personal communications systems standards, to determine the evolution path of cmdaOne and TDMA (IS-136) technology into 3G. On the CDMA side, with the support of the CDMA development group an international consortium of CDMA operators, wideband CMDAOne is the technology of choice. It offers higher capacity and more advanced multimedia services than current 2G CDMA systems. In contrast to W-CDMA, wideband cmdaOne permits cost-effective operation within 5 MHz wide spectrum bands in each direction, an important consideration for PCS carriers in the smaller, narrower D, E, and F spectrum blocks. wideband cmdaOne is being designed to build upon the existing capabilities of cmdaOne, and there is even a proposal that will permit coexistence of 2G and 3G cmdaOne within the same 5 MHz spectrum band. The universal wireless communications consortium (UWCC), a trade association of TDMA carriers, is evaluating how TDMA can evolve into 3G. At this time, the air interface preferred by the UWCC is called UWC-136, a hybrid system which incorporates IS-136+ for voice and EDGE. The EDGE air interface is targeted to provide a high-speed data solution that can be deployed in limited spectrum blocks of 1 MHz in each direction. The 3G revolution is taking place in three fronts: Japan, Europe and North America. Table 2-2. 3G System capabilities Capability to support circuit and packet data at high bit rates: · 144 kbps or higher in high mobility (vehicular) traffic · 384 kbps for pedestrian traffic · 2 Mbps or higher for indoor traffic Interoperability and roaming Common billing/user profiles: · Sharing of usage/rate information between service providers · Standardized call detail recording · Standardized user profiles Capability to determine geographic position of mobiles and report it to both the network and the mobile terminal Support of multimedia services/capabilities: · Fixed and variable rate bit traffic · Bandwidth on demand · Asymmetric data rates in the forward and reverse links · Multimedia mail store and forward · Broadband access up to 2 Mbps Source: Frost & Sullivan 18 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies Characteristics and Applications of 3G Presently, there is increasing conjecture as to type of applications which will attract users to adopt the technology. While most agree that the transmission of voice traffic will remain the primary business of mobile networks, much of the discourse being used to promote 3G centers on more advanced applications, such as the ability to send and receive e-mail while mobile, or conduct Web searches from a handheld terminal. At present, 3G is a manufacturer-led technology, with most of the world’s major mobile phone manufacturers heavily involved in promoting its potential services. However, despite multi-billion dollar investments by various carriers, the fact remains that the technology is still yet to be fully proven, and many questions still exist about its technical and economic viability. 3G or not 3G: Characteristics of the Technology As is the case with many forms of technology, advances in mobile communications networks are often discussed in terms of ‘generations’ with the shift between eras defined by a significant increase in technological sophistication. . While analogue transmission was usually adequate for voice traffic, it was generally unsuitable for data, and like all forms of analogue transmission, was relatively susceptible to interference from a range of sources. Table 2-3 Characteristics and Capabilities Generation Technology Capabilities 1G AMPS - Advanced Mobile Phone Service Analog voice service. No data service 2G TDMA -Time Division Multiple Access CDMA, TDMA and PDC offer one-way data GSM - Global System for Mobile Communications transmissions only Enhanced calling features CDMA - Code Division Multiple Access like caller ID. No always-on data connection Digital voice service 9.6K to 14.4K bit/sec. Superior voice quality Up to 2M bit/sec. 3G W-CDMA - Wide-band Code Division Multiple always-on data Broadband data services like Access video and multimedia Enhanced roaming Source: Frost & Sullivan D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 19 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies The transition to 2G of services was defined by a switch to digital transmission, which opened the way for a variety of services to be added to existing mobile networks. In addition to improving the quality of voice transmission, 2G networks allowed carriers to provide services like caller identification. More importantly, the digital nature of transmission allowed users to engage in one-way data transmission at speeds up to 14.4 Kbps. Although painfully slow compared to fixed line transmission speed, these digital networks allowed mobile users to send and receive small amounts of data, with applications such as short message service (SMS) being the most obvious example here. 3G networks employ similar technologies to that used in by 2G carriers. However, the capacity of the newer infrastructures is greatly enhanced. With transmission rates of up to 2 Mbps, 3G networks have the capacity to provide users with broadband services like video transmission and Internet searching, thus providing wireless connectivity at levels previously only possible through fixed-line terminals. UMTS/WCDMA A new generation of fast, data-rich, multimedia services accessed instantly over mobile handsets is emerging worldwide. The technology which makes this possible is named 3G telecommunications. Every telecom operator, developer and vendor in the world is going to be affected by this technology as telecommunication evolves toward 3G networks, services and applications. The WCDMA standard provides seamless global evolution from today’s GSM with support of the worlds’ largest mobile operators. This global choice on the part of so many operators is the result of WCDMA technology’s robust capabilities, being built on open standards, wide ranging mobile multimedia possibility, and vast potential economies of scale. The good news is that the transition toward this exciting new technology will be safe, manageable and gradual. 3G is an evolution within the telecommunications industry and not a revolution. On the one hand, the evolutionary path to 3G will be carefully managed and profitable for operators while on the other, smooth and seamless for users. Operators will have maximum reuse of their original investments while moving toward full 3G services at their own speed, according to their own needs. Because WCDMA technology is evolved from existing GSM technology, operators do not have to transform their networks when they move from 2G to 3G, or throw infrastructure away and start from scratch. The move to 3G optimizes operators’ existing 2G infrastructure, enabling it to co-exist profitably with the new WCDMA system. The operators’ GSM equipment-incrementally enhanced by GPRS and EDGE--can continue to offer services and generate revenue within the WCDMA 3G network. The old and the new technology complement each other, forming a highly flexible, seamless network system. 20 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies As of now WCDMA is poised to dominate 3G and is fully compatible with GSM, but GSM operators can also choose to deploy EDGE in their existing GSM spectrum, alone or together with their WCDMA networks. EDGE is defined as a 3G technology, according to IMT-2000. CDMA - 2000 The world's first CDMA2000 networks were launched in S. Korea in October 2000, providing 144 kbps data rates to subscribing customers and delivering nearly twice the voice capacity that operators experience with their cdmaOne(IS-95) systems. The success of the CDMA2000 1X systems in Korea has encouraged many operators in the Amercias and Asia to follow through with their plans to launch CDMA 2000. Since the spring of 2000, the evolution of 3G CDMA systems has changed dramatically. Previously the industry was focused on a wider band approach to high data rates, commonly referred to as CDMA2000 3X or 3XRTT. The 3X standard has now been superseded by a two phase strategy called CDMA 2000 1xEV, where 1xEV stands for 1X revolution, or evolution using 1.25MHZ. Today's CDMA2000 1X systems are based on a standard 1.25 MHz carrier for delivering high data rates and increased voice capacity. Advances in the industry and engineering prowess contributed to new proposals for higher data throughput and more capacity while maintaining the 1.25 MHz bandwidth. Operators and manufactures soon realized that there were inherent cost, backward compatibility and timing advantages in keeping with the 1.25 Mhz bandwidth for evolution. Thus, CDMA200 3X has now been put on the backburner until market demands make it necessary to migrate to a wider band carrier (3.75MHz) 1XEV-DO The two phases of 1xEV are labeled 1xEV-DO and 1xEV-DV. DO stands for data only, DV stands for data and voice. CDMA20001xEV-DO was standardized by the telecommunications industry association (TIA) in October 2000. 1xEV-DO can provide customers with peak data rates of 2.4 Mbps. To implement 1xEV-DO, operators will have to install a separate carrier that is dedicated to data only use at each cell location where high speed data services are demanded. However customers will be able to migrate seamlessly from a 1X to a 1xEV-DO carrier. The first 1xEV-DO systems was launched in 2002, approximately 18 months after the launch of the first CDMA2000 1X system. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 21 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies 1xEV-DV The second phase of the 1xEV standardization was complete by 2002. Several proposals were on the table for this phase of 3G CDMA. Operators put in high speed data and choice-of-ones carrier thereby eliminating the need for a separate carrier as their main requirements. • Real-time packet data services • Better mechanisms for guaranteeing a given quality of service It is too early to confirm what the final standard for 1xEV-DV will offer CDMA operators and customers, but continued evolution with 1.25 MHz will speed rollout, lower costs and guaranteed easily maintained backward compatibility with previous systems. 1xEV-DV systems are anticipated to be available by the end of 2004. As core networks evolve, synergies between CDMA2000 and WCDMA networks will be beneficial to global operators and to the industry as a whole. Interoperability in the network between carriers air interfaces and other access media will become more and more important as wireless service providers expand the scope of their telecommunications businesses through partnerships and increase service offerings. Technology Challenges--3G Must Overcome Security Concerns and Competing Technologies When looked at in this context, it becomes apparent that several major telecommunications carriers have been willing to make multi-billion dollar investments in a technology which is yet to be successfully proven anywhere in the world. While it is true that this is to some extent mitigated by the sheer size of the existing user-base for mobile telephone technology, the fact remains that it still very difficult to predict the adoption rate for 3G-based services, especially when pricing models are yet to be defined. At the same time as industry players are selling the hype of 3G, most analysts are calling for a more cautious approach. While agreeing that 3G technology does have the potential to radically alter current business techniques, many writers point out that just because a technology can do something, it does not necessarily mean that users will want that particular service. More importantly, even if the technology can deliver on all promises, the era of high-quality video transmitted to mobile devices is still a few years off, an eternity in the field of information technology. Most of the analysts agree that security is an issue facing potential 3G providers. While consumers are becoming more comfortable with carrying out transactions online, the same cannot be said for wireless transactions. Also security remains a big issue with all consumers beginning to use 3G. If manufacturers or 22 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies license holders hope to receive any profits from their investments, they are first going to have to convince consumers that wireless transactions are at least as secure as landline-based operations, if not more so. Perhaps even more worrying for potential operators is the fact that many consumers have yet to fully utilize the capacity of current generation mobile devices. As noted above, for many countries the reality of 3G is still some years away, but this is not to say that many of the services commonly associated with 3G networks cannot already be obtained, albeit in a somewhat limited form. Recent advances in transmission technologies mean that many advanced information services can already be provided over existing mobile networks, thereby circumventing the need for massive infrastructure development. These services, commonly referred to as 2.5G, allow for a significant increase in the amount of data which can be transmitted to mobile devices, and allow previously limited services like WAP to be more fully utilized. For example, general packet radio service (GPRS) allows for data transmission at a rate of up to 171.2 kbps, compared to the 9.6 KBps of the current GSM networks. More importantly, GPRS offers ‘always on’ connectivity, with users being charged according to data transmission rather than time. Other technologies are also offering 3G-like services, but without the associated high infrastructure costs. Already WLAN connections are eliminating the need for 3G at all locations. For a technology which is yet to be fully implemented anywhere in the world, the amount of hype surrounding 3G is indeed remarkable. Hardware manufacturers in particular have been eager to extol the virtues of high-bandwidth mobility, with most mobile phone manufacturers launching 3G specific campaigns long before any actual hardware has gone into production. Drivers and Restraints Drivers Mobility allows broader availability of connectivity and faster access to information on demand. • It avoids physical constraints of cables and other hardware issues • It is easy to deploy additional units. These networks are scalable once The 3G market will be dominated by high-end subscribers, as an increasing number of customers connect to corporate networks and usage levels continue to approach levels seen in the mobile office paradigm. The availability of next-generation networks such as cdma2000, WCDMA, and TD-SCDMA will give operators improved network efficiency, higher capacity, and the ability to begin offering high-speed wireless D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 23 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies data services. At the high end of the market, these data services will provide operators with the opportunity to diversify revenue streams from corporate customers. At the low end of the market, improved network efficiency and capacity will drive operators to continue to target and grab the all-important first-time subscribers. The result will be massive growth in the number of mobile subscribers. Restraints Some of the restraints for 3G technologies are as follows: • More susceptible to environmental factors such as weather and terrain. • Packet loss and other latency issues • Slower than 28.8 modem • Quality is usually too poor to support most client-server applications until 3G networks is completely adopted by corporates • Many competing, incompatible technologies currently available, with even more technologies in development • Pricey. Approx. $50/month for carrier fees. • 3G mobile technology looks set for an uphill battle in Asia, after a rocky start in Japan, because of high prices and sometimes poor quality of service. While some telecoms operators are cautious about the technology, which delivers high-speed transmission of data and video to mobile phones, analysts said operators would take a gamble on it in the hope of generating higher returns per user. They also need the additional spectrum for data services to ease pressure on existing voice networks. 3G handsets are expensive costing more than $500 each, and the new technology is unstable. 24 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies 4G A Promise of Mobile Virtual Reality and Advanced Application Integration The enthusiasm for 4G isn’t due to accelerated progress, but to the failure of 3G to meet expectations. 4G picks up where 3G left off. According to the industry, 4G will provide for high data rates (2 Mbps to 16 Mbps) and advanced concepts such as mobile virtual reality. There are reasons that some aspects of 4G can be successful. 4G systems will have a physical layer based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), which is a technology designed to resist interference from a radio signal’s multiple paths. Since 4G systems will use the spectrum in the range of 2.4 GHz and above, the companies that provide them will not need to buy licenses for spectrums, as these are free spectrum bands. This will enable operators and service providers to offer high-speed data service at reasonable rates, thereby increasing their average revenue per unit. Unlike cellular systems, 4G systems will have a huge data pipe that can be used to cater to any kind of application, be it voice, video-on-demand, music, data or a combination of them. The fastest way to access data is still through 802.11b (WiFi standards) WLAN, which offers data rates between 6 Mbps and 11 Mbps. Two technologies, 802.11a and its European counterpart HiperLAN2, will push data rates even higher, up to 72 Mbps. The difference is that HiperLAN2 is designed for WAN as well as LAN and includes more advanced QoS and roaming features. Whichever standard gets adopted, it will lead to something similar to 4G. The main obstacle to wireless LAN service providers is that each access point needs its own expensive T1 connection to the Internet. In a 4G system, these leased lines will be replaced by fixed or mobile wireless links, using the same unlicensed spectrum as the wireless LANs. With the introduction of the pure packet protocol layer (IPv6), the concept of Mobile IP becomes even more realistic. Present-day mobile IP relies on tunneling. All packets are sent via a user's home network, which forwards them across the Internet to wherever the user is. However, this adds extra routing hops, increasing latency and consuming bandwidth. In 4G, mobile IP will be similar to roaming in cellular networks. Each cell phone is assigned a permanent 'home' IP address, along with a 'care-of' address that represents its actual location. When a computer somewhere on the Internet wants to communicate with the cell phone, it first sends a packet to the phone's home address. A directory server on the home network forwards this to the care-of address via a tunnel, as in regular mobile IP. However, the directory server also sends a message to the computer informing it of the correct care-of address, so future packets can be sent directly. This should enable TCP sessions and HTTP downloads to be maintained as users move between different types of networks. Because of the many addresses and the multiple layers of subnetting, IPv6 is needed for this type of mobility. With wireless LANs gaining in popularity, they could very well provide the shortcut to 4G. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 25 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies In general 4G can be defined as a pure IP network architecture that operates at data rates higher than 10 Mbps. Currently, the IEEE and ITU (working group 8F) are working to define the architecture characteristics for 4G. Several issues need to be investigated surrounding the characteristics of 4G networks, include platform architecture (both network protocol and air interface technology), spectrum issues, and service features. Table 2-4. Planned characteristics of 4G mobile networks Air interface and MAC protocol is optimized for IP traffic (IPv6, QoS). Improvements in spectral efficiency will lower cost per bit. Higher data rates will require additional spectrum bands; for coverage and mobility bands below 5GHz would be most suitable - e.g. MMDS, 802.11, 802.16. Air interface technology: looking at OFMD and MC-CDMA but the BTS will support multiple air interface standards (GSM, IS-95, cdma2000, 3GPP WCDMA, HDR, and proprietary standards). Packetized voice, broadband data (between 20 Mbps and 100 Mbps in mobile mode), integrated with wireless LAN (WiFi, Bluetooth) and WAN (WiMax) networks - will allow services such as mobile telepresence, high-definition video. Over-the-network programmable - will be remotely configurable. Deployment of some form of 4G could be as early as 2006. Source: Frost & Sullivan Spectrum and Service Capabilities Spectrum Issues 4G will allow higher data rates but will require larger slices of spectrum than previous generations of technology. The RF channel bandwidth could be between 20 MHz and 100 MHz compared to 1 MHz and 5 MHz for today’s 2.5G and 3G networks. The most ideal spectrum bands in the United States are the unlicensed 5 GHz band, the MMDS band (2.1 GHz) and the unlicensed 802.11b/g band (2.4 GHz). The unlicensed bands, particularly the 2.4 GHz band, are quickly becoming crowded and interference issues could become a problem. A carrier choosing to operate in the MMDS band would require regulatory action by the FCC to reclassify the band as two-way mobile. 26 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies Service Capabilities/Characteristics As listed earlier, 4G technology will enable a wide array of new services. Because of its pure packet protocol layer (IPv6), any enhanced voice services developed in landline VoIP solutions will be directly available in the mobile environment. With the true mobility functionality, mobile telepresence and broadband data services, such as high definition video, will be possible. Services will rely on end-user technology to deliver these services, including mobile handsets with adequate battery life, and mobile units capable of displaying highdefinition video. A wide variety of companies pushing wireless technologies will use the term 4G. At this time, ‘4G’ is strictly a marketing term. However, the following technology developments will impact the development and adoption of the next generation of mobile wireless networks: • IPv6: The mobility and QoS features of IPv6 will be a key enabler for 4G networks, allowing the greatest leap from the circuit-switched/packet-switched hybrid mobile networks that are deployed today to pure packet data networks. • VoIP: Wireline VoIP enables enhanced voice services and a first generation of telepresence. Widespread use of VoIP enhanced features will drive demand for mobile telepresence. Deployment of VoIP over wireline networks will serve as a barometer for the demand for shifting those services into a mobile environment. • Fixed wireless (MMDS, 802.11, 802.16): By adding a mobile component to the existing wireless WAN/LAN standards, carriers will have access to the additional spectrum that 4G data rates will require. • Smart antenna technology: Flexible, multi-standard compatibility, scalability, and power efficiency will depend on the development of smart antennas. Currently, smart antenna technology enables fixed wireless connections without a direct line-of-site view, which previously was not possible. Further improvements in antenna technology will assist in providing a mobile component to formerly ‘fixed’ wireless solutions. However 4G is eventually defined, mobile 4G will be the ultimate bridge between the mobile wireless networks and existing wireline networks. With a stunning lack of corporate enthusiasm for wide area wireless, carriers are looking at the next generation to spur adoption. Although the carriers will never admit that current 3G and 2.5G data services are anything less than spectacular, they are still prepping their networks for the next generation. And wireless providers hope 4G technologies will light a fire under the moribund market for data services on cell phones. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 27 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Whether the technology is 1xRT (1x radio transmission) from CDMA or GPRS, coverage is still hit or miss, performance is worse than a land-line modem, and the possibility of connecting wide area wireless to the corporate network remains a major challenge. Drivers for 4G 2G communication systems were earlier used purely for voice applications. The Internet turned raw data into useful services that customers found easy to use. 3G communication technologies would combine the two to give the user high-speed data access (144 kbps to 2 Mbps) along with better voice services. Though the expectations for 3G services were quite high, they have failed to meet customer expectations worldwide. Operators who were once eager to invest in 3G networks are now playing a wait and watch game. Some even hope to write off their 3G plans and start focusing on 4G options. There are a number of reasons, including the following: • The technologies implemented in 3G, namely EDGE, CDMA 2000 and W-CDMA were not as robust as they were thought to be. • 3G certainly gives improved data rates, but perhaps not high enough to meet return-on-investment for the networks and services deployed. • From a technical perspective 3G services required comprehensive retooling of the existing network, which resulted in high costs for the operator. • Also operators needed to purchase extra licenses for spectrums to deploy their services. • Operators also under-estimated the complexities involved in deploying 3G networks. This led to delayed services and more money being poured down the drain. • Earlier 3G systems were part circuit-switched and part packet-switched networks. This led to deploying expensive mediation equipment which also meant delays due to frequent switching. However, this hurdle has now been removed with the 3GPP consortium coming up with recommendations for complete packet switched systems. • Though 3G networks promised data rates from 144 Kbps to 2 Mbps, they achieved data rates closer to dial-up than DSL. • Components used in 3G systems such as DSP processors are sophisticated as well as expensive. What's more, they now require co-processing elements integrated into them which can be preprogrammed to meet changing customer needs. 28 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies • Advanced power management systems and increased battery capacities were also needed to provide power for the inherent background switching that takes place in 3G systems. • The OS’s used in 2G systems were used to handle only voice. 3G systems require robust OS’s to handle voice and data traffic. • Making smaller and cost effective handsets is also a challenge. • Finally, the challenge to develop innovative, need-based and market-oriented applications still continues. Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments Create Spintronics Material by Mixing Zinc Dioxide and Manganese--Sweden Spintronics is a relatively new field, in which the electron's spin, not just its charge, can be exploited in devices and circuits. The ultimate spintronics degree of control would come from controlling a circuit at the level of a single spin. Spintronic transistors have the potential to be much faster and dissipate much less power than conventional designs because they set and test the spins of electrons--the fundamental component of magnetism--without needing an electric current. The prospect of a new generation of devices that harness the spin of electrons has moved closer to reality, following a recent experiment by Venkat Rao. His team from Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden, has successfully developed a mixture of zinc oxide and manganese at room temperature. The new ferromagnetic material is not only a semiconductor but also exhibits exploitable magnetic properties at temperatures as high as 177 degrees C. Zinc oxide is a common electronic material used in mobile phones and high-speed networks. Scientists around the world have been working to exploit zinc oxide in spintronics, but could only implement it in laboratory conditions at extremely cold temperatures of -100 degrees C. This breakthrough enables the technology to be applied commercially to a variety of applications, and has opened the doors to its eventual mass production. Circuits made with the new material have the potential to run hundreds of times faster or store thousands of times more information than current electronic designs. The most obvious beneficiary could be the 3G or 4G telephony industry. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 29 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Low-Energy Mobile Communications--Sweden Flavius Gruian of the Department of Computer Science for Lund University is working on mobile platforms containing dynamic voltage supply processors (such as Transmeta Crusoe and Intel XScale), especially those with real-time requirements having a limited energy budget. Gruian says he feels that his scheduling methods will benefit cellular phones and PDAs, complex medical implants, deep-space probes, satellites, and wireless sensors. He is currently focusing on energy management in wireless networks such as low-energy communication, especially for wireless sensor networks. Gruian says, "With the exponential growth of PDAs, cell phones, and all types of smart embedded devices, energy management in ad-hoc wireless networks becomes a matter of both efficient computation and communication." In future, the main focus will be on modeling resources (energy) and activities (communication, computation) at the network level and defining some centralized and distributed strategies for borrowing energy via task migration between nodes. It is his conviction that in the future, 99% of the processors will have dynamic voltage scheduling (DVS) capability. Therefore, his work will definitely lead to commercial applications, but the extent is not yet known. RF Systems May Get Embedded High-Q Inductors--North America The need for integration of passive components, such as capacitors, resistors, and inductors, with electronic circuitry increases as the complexity and operation frequency of microelectronic systems increase. Scientists at Georgia Institute of technology are working on today's complex radio frequency (RF) devices as there is a pressing need for high-Q inductors that can be integrated directly into silicon-based chips. Earlier attempts to embed inductors with devices that are often too delicate for cost-effective packaging processes have delivered less than desirable inductor performance. Mark Allen and his team have developed surface-micromachined, epoxy-embedded high-Q electroplated inductors. These durable and high-performance devices can be manufactured onto a silicon substrate through a simple process that is consistent with today’s standard commercial fabrication techniques. Allen opines that these integrated high-Q inductors can find applications in many high-frequency microelectronic systems, especially RF systems, such as wireless phones, pagers, GPS receivers, and mobile computers, where inductors and other passive components are critical components. There are several advantages that the new method of embedding inductors on silicon chips carry over other approaches to integrating passive components. The inductors are mechanically stable and durable enough to be packaged using single injection-molding processes, as they are embedded in the epoxy molds. The 30 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies manufacturing process is also simpler, as epoxy mold used to form the inductors need not be removed using a lengthy etch step. The inductors can also be fabricated using low temperature processes, which make them more compatible with standard circuit processes such as the standard complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) process. Supported by electroplated posts and a thick dielectric layer, the inductors are adequately separated from the silicon substrate and achieve a high-Q factor. Sun Cycles and Antennae Position Affect Cell Phones--North America Sunspots and solar cycles are often blamed for many things, ranging from crime reports, to weather, to people’s behavior. More rigorous scientists have known that the emissions produced by the sun’s behavior can produce effects on earth, including disrupted satellite reception, or bursts of noise on radar sites. Researchers at Bell Labs and the New Jersey Institute of Technology (NJIT) say in a report that cell phone reception problems are also related to solar cycles. In the study, the team looked at historical data covering solar activity over the past four decades. By sifting through the data, looking for bursts of energy, the team discovered that emissions from the sun can create enough noise in the microwave spectrum to disrupt wireless cell communications, several times each year. In addition, during times of heavy solar activity, more cell disruptions can be expected. The sun is currently going through a period of heavy activity. It is part of a regular solar cycle, which peaks every 11 years. The most recent maximum point was passed in the year 2000. During these periods of high activity, the magnetic fields on the sun shift, there can be more sunspots noted, and more flares are produced. Bursts of radio wave energy from the sun become more prominent, and more frequent as well. The research team noted that the impact of solar disruptions is dependent on the orientation of cell phone basestation antennae. Antennae oriented from east to west are more vulnerable to solar disruptions during mornings and evenings, than at noon, said the researchers. In addition, they pointed out that as different portions of the radio spectrum become more heavily used for communications, similar disruptions may be seen in these communications bands, including those used by future generations of cell phone equipment. Improve Contrast and Brightness in Portables--North America Recent developments at a DuPont subsidiary, UNIAX Corp., promise a brighter future for portable technology users who find it difficult to read palm pilot screens, computer monitors, or cell phone displays in direct sunlight or in a dim room. UNIAX recently licensed patents and transfers for its polymer-based organic light-emitting displays (polyOLEDs) to a German semiconductor manufacturer. The new technology will improve contrast ratio and D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 31 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies brightness in all kinds of portable applications, including mobile phones and pagers as well as PDAs, MP3 players, portable game players, etc. Nick Colaneri, Director of New Technology at UNIAX feels that poly-OLEDs are one way of making a thin flat emissive display, and should have advantages in cost and power consumption. Colaneri elaborated that current display technologies such as LCD, LED, field emitting, and others, each have drawbacks in terms of image quality, power consumption, cost and/or ease of production. For instance, LCD, the most common kind of display technology, has difficulty producing a full-color image, has poor image quality in low ambient lighting and cannot support video rate switching. Its most popular alternative, active matrix displays, provide much better images, but drain far more power, not to mention consumer pocket-books. With poly-OLEDs, a voltage is shot across a thin plastic film, initiating an electric current. According to Colaneri, the current then excites the plastic molecules, and gives off light as it relaxes. He likened this process to the way that day-glo plastic glows in sunlight. Because the current flow can be directed to specific spots on the plastic film, it creates a pattern. This pattern then becomes the display. The poly-OLED displays appear to be fairly simple and inexpensive to produce. In addition, they use far less power than conventional display technologies. These facts have led UNIAX executives to envision glowing prospects for their invention. "For small displays (less than 5 in. diagonally or so), and in portable applications, poly-OLEDs are expected to be the superior choice," stated Colaneri. Consumers won’t have to wait long to get a first-hand look at poly-OLEDs in action. DuPont has also just entered into a joint venture with an Asian manufacturing partner. More advanced models should appear in two to five years. With such a future ahead, portable and wireless electronics consumers better put on their shades. Wireless Applications to Benefit from Si-Based Tunnel Diode--North America Researchers have developed a silicon-based tunnel diode that has a high peak current density and high peak-tovalley current ratio--one that might be suited for integration with traditional Si-based production schemes. Among other applications, compact A/D converters and oscillators for wireless applications could both benefit from such tunnel diode technologies. A tunnel diode is a semiconductor junction diode with an unusually heavy level of doping, on the order of 1000 impurity atoms per ten million semiconductor atoms. The heavy doping produces a device with a negative resistance region that allows electron tunneling, and leads to very fast switching speeds. Paul Berger of Ohio State University, feels that the union of tunnel diodes with transistors can increase circuit speed, reduce component count, and lower power consumption due to the unique property of the tunnel diode’s negative 32 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Mobile Technologies differential resistance, which leads to novel quantum nonlinear functional devices and circuits. The end result is more computational power per unit area compared to a transistor-only circuit topology, by harnessing the tunnel diode’s folded I--V characteristics. However, most traditional tunnel diode designs have not lent themselves to easy integration with existing technologies. Berger and colleagues report that by using a type of tunnel diode in which electrons can switch between different valence bands and interband tunneling diodes, high-performance devices can be made without some of the material difficulties found in more common intraband diodes, in which electrons are limited to one valence band. The researchers used low-temperature molecular-beam epitaxy techniques to grow layered Si/SiGe structures with extremely high levels of boron and phosphorous doping. The new diode can conduct 150,000 A/cm2 of material, three times the rate of the only comparable silicon tunnel diode. According to Berger, this result demonstrates the high potential of this type of Si-based tunnel diode for high-power mixed-signal applications. Berger says he feels that this could have enormous impact on future Si technology, beyond the 90 nm node, especially a high-current density Si-based tunnel diode that could boost Si-based wireless technology. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 33 Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards 802.11 Wireless Local Area Networks Standards Assessment and Background/Network Requirements/Security Similar to personal computers in the 1980s and the Internet in the 1990s, wireless local-area networks (wireless LANs) are proving to be among the next major advances of technology for businesses. And just as businesses were forced to adopt and provide necessary security for the preceding technologies to track their users, wireless LANs present similar productivity-boosting opportunities, while introducing new security concerns. However, the benefits far outweigh the risks when appropriate actions are taken to minimize those risks. The adoption of personal computers in the 1980s led to the creation of local-area networks that created the roadway to allow communication to flow like automobiles through a city. A decade later the Internet created the highways that efficiently connect each locality to the other. Today, wireless LANs introduce the concept of near-complete mobility, such as that provided by air travel. Communication is no longer limited to the infrastructure of wires providing new opportunities and challenges. Wireless LANs offer a quick and effective extension of a wired network or standard LAN. By simply installing access points to the wired network, personal computers and laptops equipped with wireless LAN cards can connect with the wired network at broadband speeds from up to 300 yards from the access point. WLAN uses radio frequency (RF) technology to transmit and receive data over the air. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) has established the IEEE 802.11 standard, which is the predominant standard for wireless LANs. Any LAN application, network operating system, or protocol including TCP/IP, will run on 802.11-compliant WLANs, as they would over Ethernet. WLAN transmits on unlicensed spectrum as agreed upon by the major regulatory agencies of countries around the world (such as the FCC), although there is some variation by some specific countries. WLANs are experiencing significant growth, due to cost and convenience factors. In many corporate enterprises, WLANs have replaced or are complementing traditional cabled networks, enabling enterprises to create and maintain a wireless network throughout their facility, be it single or multiple buildings without the costs and physical limitations experienced with traditional cabling. WLANs provide unprecedented levels of flexibility for workers, increasing their productivity by allowing them to roam throughout the corporate facility, easily collaborating with colleagues, without losing access to network resources. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 35 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies The various WLAN technologies standardized by the IEEE 802.11 committee are designed for use within a building, most frequently to connect battery-powered portable devices such as laptop computers and PDAs to the local area network. These standards make trade-offs appropriate for their intended application, for example, sacrificing range for the sake of reduced power consumption. As a result of their underlying technology and of these trade-offs, 802.11 networks (unless otherwise noted, the term ‘802.11’ is used in this report to refer to the entire family of specifications being developed by the IEEE 802.11 committee), are being increasingly adopted. The original 802.11 specification does not appear to have an advantage in terms of any of the criteria in the chart, but in fact its maturity has secured it a growing niche. A number of equipment vendors offer environmentally-hardened wireless 802.11 transceivers equipped with point-to-point outdoor antennas that extend their range. Small, local ISPs are using these devices as a ‘last mile’ high-speed access technology for customers who cannot be reached by DSL or cable modem lines. This need is common in rural areas; one particular ISP is providing 802.11 broadband service to residents of islands off the coast of Sri Lanka. In these cases, bandwidth is limited by the ISP’s wireline access network; no performance advantage results from upgrading to a technology that provides data rates of 11 Mbps or 54 Mbps, where the landline link is limited to T1 data rates. Characteristics Approval of the IEEE 802.11 standard for wireless local area networking (WLAN) and rapid progress made toward higher data rates have put the promise of truly mobile computing within reach. While wired LANs have been a mainstream technology for at least fifteen years, WLANs are uncharted territory for most networking professionals. IEEE 802.11 is limited in scope to the physical (PHY) layer and medium access control (MAC) sublayer, with MAC origins to the IEEE802.3 Ethernet standard. IEEE 802.11 provides for two variations of the PHY. These include two RF technologies, namely direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS), and frequency hopped spread spectrum (FHSS). The DSSS and FHSS PHY options were designed specifically to conform to FCC regulations (FCC 15.247) for operation in the 2.4 GHz ISM band, which has worldwide allocation for unlicensed operation. IEEE 802.11 standard primarily addresses two separate layers of the ISO networking model. The first is the physical network layer--lowest ISO layer that defines the physical transmission characteristics of the signal that, in this case, is the radio signal such as the frequency, power levels, and type of modulation. The second is the media access layer, or MAC, which is mostly made up of software-based protocols that enable devices to talk to each other. Some of the allocated spectrum in different countries for IEEE 802.11 standard are illustrated in Table 3-1. 36 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Table 3-1. Allocated Frequency Spectrum for IEEE 802.11 Standard Country Allocated Spectrum US 2.4000 GHz - 2.4835 GHz Europe 2.4000 GHz - 2.4835 GHz Japan 2.4710 GHz - 2.4970 GHz France 2.4465 GHz - 2.4835 GHz Spain 2.4450 GHz - 2.4750 GHz Source: Frost & Sullivan Channels Channels are important to understand because they affect the overall capacity of WLAN. A channel represents a narrow band of radio frequency. Since radio frequency modulates within a band of frequencies, there is limited amount of bandwidth within any given range to carry data. It is important that the frequencies do not overlap or else the throughput would be significantly lowered as the network sorts and reassembles the data packets sent over the air. Each channel will carry a maximum throughput for its standard. For example, the 802.11b standard has a maximum of three non-overlapping channels carrying 11 Mbps throughput each, or 33 Mbps total throughput. Range and Performance The speed at which a WLAN performs depends on many things, from the efficiency of the wired network to the configuration of the building to the type of WLAN employed. As a general rule for all WLANs, data throughput decreases as the distance between the WLAN access point and the wireless client increases. The 802.11 standards support multiple data rates to accommodate the loss of signal strength, while maintaining high quality in data packet reassembly. The WLAN client constantly performs operations to detect and automatically set the best possible speed. Subsequently, data rates may be listed as a series of numbers (such as 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps for 802.11b). The environment in which the WLAN is deployed significantly affects the range and transmission speed. For example, an open space will allow relatively high transfer of data rates, whereas inside homes or offices, the data rate might be affected significantly. The frequency at which 802.11b is transmitted allows it to penetrate solid materials allowing, in most indoor environments, a maximum range of 300 ft. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 37 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Network Requirements The ease of setting up a WLAN is contributing to its rapid adoption. Reference the following checklist when implementing a new WLAN or expanding an existing WLAN. • Hardware: WLAN consists of two main building blocks including an access point that connects to the network and a wireless adapter installed in the computing device. • Access point: An access point is a small box, usually with one or two antennas. This radio-based, receiver/transmitter is connected to the wired LAN (or broadband connection) using Ethernet cables. • Antennas and bridges: Antennas enhance the radio frequency coverage extending the range of an 802.11 WLAN. Bridges provide point-to-point wireless connection between two LANs, such as those positioned on different floors. • Wireless adapter: A wireless adapter functions like a network interface card (NIC) in that it allows the client computing device access to the network by means of the wireless access point. Different Wireless LAN Standards Wireless networks eliminate unsightly wires and cables. Instead they ensnarl you in confusing wireless protocols with names that start with 802.11 and end with a letter. The WLAN standards began with the 802.11 standard, developed in 1997 by the IEEE. This base standard allowed data transmission of up to 2 Mbps. Over time, this standard has been enhanced. These extensions are recognized by the addition of a letter to the original 802.11 standard, such as 802.11b. The two most widely used standards are the 802.11a and 802.11b, with some competition from 802.11g. 802.11a products have only recently hit the market. These products offer two advantages over those based on 802.11b (also known as WiFi)--higher bandwidth and lower levels of expected interference (the 2.4 GHz frequency range used by 802.11b is also used by digital cordless phones, microwave ovens and Bluetooth devices). They are not backwards-compatible. An 802.11b laptop card cannot communicate with an 802.11a access point, for example, which is the wireless transceiver attached to the wireline network. Some vendors are offering products with dual transceivers to support both standards, but at a substantial cost premium. 802.11a has a far shorter range and requires more power - a significant disadvantage for battery-powered laptop and PDA applications. It will co-exist with, rather than replace, 802.11b. The fate of 802.11g is unclear. It offers equivalent speed and greater range than 802.11a, and compatibility with 802.11b equipment, but it 38 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards uses the increasingly congested 2.4 GHz frequency range. Delays in approving this standard may mean that 802.11a establishes leadership in the higher speed market. The 802.11b specification was ratified by the IEEE in July 1999 and operates at radio frequencies in the 2.4 t GHz to 2.497 GHz bandwidth of the radio spectrum. The modulation method selected for 802.11b is known as complementary direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) using complementary code keying (CCK), making data speeds as high as 11 Mbps. The 802.11e specification is fairly independent and is compatible with of any of the others. The industry favors implementing 802.11e on the 'a' alphabet for a couple of reasons. For one, it is a cleaner spectrum, and it has the capacity to accommodate multiple networks in congested environment. The standard will be ratified by the end of this year or yearly next year. Its applications are primarily for multimedia to guarantee bandwidth or for voice applications where you can't have any disturbances. This standard 802.11e will thereby be integrated with other standards like a, b or g. Different Wireless LAN Standards IEEE 802.11a: Also called WiFi5. It supports speeds from 6 Mbps up to 54 Mbps, and works in unlicensed 5 GHz radio band. It will use the same MAC layer as 802.11, and is faster than 'a', which is becoming popular in some offices. Standard includes features such as priority for certain types of traffic. This standard is incompatible with 802.11b, and its range is 50 ft. IEEE 802.11b: Also called Wi-Fi - the de facto standard for wireless networking. This standard supports speeds up to 11 Mbps in the 2.4 GHz radio band. Several vendors offer products conforming to this standard. The range of 802.11b is greater than that of 802.11a. On the flip side, it is susceptible to interference from other 2.4 GHz devices. IEEE 802.11d: LAN/MAN standard IEEE 802.11e: Unlike other wireless initiatives, this is the first wireless standard that spans both home and business environments. It adds quality-of-service (QoS) features and multimedia support to the existing 802.11b and 802.11a wireless standards, while maintaining full backward compatibility with these standards. QoS and multimedia support are critical to wireless home networks where voice, video and audio will be delivered. Broadband service providers view QoS and multimedia-capable home networks as an essential ingredient to offering residential customers video on demand, audio on demand, voice over IP and high-speed Internet access D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 39 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies IEEE 802.11f: Defines Multi-vendor Access Point Roaming or Interoperability. Today, a user roaming between access points may lose some packets during the handoff between different vendors' devices. This standard ensures multi-vendor access-point interoperability through the Inter-Access Point Protocol, or IAPP. IEEE 802.11g: Growing favorite of wireless equipment makers. Objective of this standard is to increase the speed of 802.11b. Initially it was 22 Mbps in 2.4 GHz band, now it is 54 Mbps. Theoretical range is again similar to 802.11b, i.e. 150 feet; but might be susceptible to interference. IEEE 802.11h: Defines the spectrum management of the 5 Ghz band for use in Europe and Asia Pacific. The 802.11a standard faces interference problems in Europe, where it shares the 5 GHz frequency band with radar and satellite communications. Dynamic Frequency Selection, or DFS, allows devices to detect such transmissions and switch to an alternative channel. The Transmit Power Control protocol will allow users close to an access point to reduce transmission power in order to reduce interference with other users. A final standard, expected early next year, will require client device driver and access-point firmware updates. IEEE 802.11i: Addresses security issues in WLAN’s. (Expected to be ratified in June 2004) It is working on current security weaknesses for both authentication and encryption protocols. The standard encompasses 802.1X, TKIP, and AES protocols. 40 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Table 3-2. IEEE Wireless Standards IEEE Standard What it otherwise means IEEE 802.11a WiFi5 IEEE 802.11b WiFi IEEE 802.11d LAN/MAN standard IEEE 802.11e QoS (quality of service) issue in LANs IEEE 802.11f Inter-access point communications IEEE 802.11g Increase the speed of 802.11b IEEE 802.11h Spectrum management of the 5 Ghz band IEEE 802.11i Security Source: Frost & Sullivan Security Issues The very air-borne nature of WLANs opens it to intruders and attacks. WLAN traffic travels over radio waves that cannot be constrained by the walls of a building. While employees might enjoy working on their laptops from a spot outside the building, intruders and would-be hackers can potentially access the network from the parking lot or across the street. These people pose the greatest threat to the security of a WLAN. They do it in three ways Eavesdropping: Because wireless communication is broadcast over radio waves, eavesdroppers who merely listen to the airwaves can easily pick up unencrypted messages. Additionally, messages encrypted with the wired equivalent privacy (WEP) security protocol can be decrypted easily with widely available hacking tools. These passive intruders put businesses at risk of exposing sensitive information to corporate espionage. Identity Theft: The theft of an authorized user's identity poses one of the greatest threats. service set identifiers (SSIDs) that act as crude passwords and MAC addresses that act as personal identification numbers are often used to verify that clients are authorized to connect with an access point. However, existing encryption standards are not foolproof and allow knowledgeable intruders to pick up approved SSIDs and MAC addresses to connect to a WLAN as an authorized user and steal bandwidth, corrupt or download files, and wreak havoc on the entire network. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 41 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Denial-of-Service Attacks: Outsiders who cannot gain access to a WLAN can nonetheless pose security threats by jamming or flooding the airwaves with static noise that causes WLAN signals to collide and produce CRC errors. These denial-ofservice (DoS) attacks effectively shut down the wireless network in a way similar to the DoS attacks that affect wired networks. IEEE 802.11 provides for security via two methods: authentication and encryption. Authentication is the means by which one station is verified to have authorization to communicate with a second station in a given coverage area. In the infrastructure mode, authentication is established between an access point and each station. Authentication can either be an open system or shared key. In an open system, any station (STA) may request authentication. The STA receiving the request may grant authentication to any request, or to only those from stations on a user-defined list. In a shared key system, only stations which possess a secret encrypted key can be authenticated. Shared key authentication is available only to systems having the optional encryption capability. Encryption is intended to provide a level of security comparable to that of a wired LAN. The wired equivalent privacy (WEP) feature uses the RC4 PRNG algorithm from RSA data security, Inc. Security issues are also discussed in a separate chapter, titled 'security'. Wi-Fi--A Shared Medium Wi-Fi or wireless fidelity, also known as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers' (IEEE) family of 802.11x standards, is used to create wireless local area networks (WLANs) with a range of 150 ft to 250 ft. Users of mobile devices with Wi-Fi capabilities can establish high-speed wireless Internet connections within buildings or spaces, commonly called 'hotspots,' A hot spot is typically a place where you can access the services of Wi-Fi for free or for a fee. hotspots can be found in university departments, airport lounges, book stores, coffee shops, corporate cafeterias or any other meeting area within range of a wireless LAN base station. Over the last few years, most deployments of Wireless LANs have been on the 802.11b standard that operates over the unregulated 2.4 GHz frequency spectrum. The 802.11b standard as earlier mentioned offers connectivity of up to 11 Mbps, about seven times faster than a typical T1 connection and fast enough to handle large e-mail attachments and run bandwidth-intensive applications such as video conferencing. They operate just like Ethernet (the technology that links most PCs in business offices), but without wires. 42 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Wi-Fi networks, like wired networks, are a shared medium. An 802.11b Wi-Fi network can provide 11 Mbps of data to an individual user. Theoretically, if ten users are simultaneously using the network, each will have to share and may only get 1 Mbp each. However, network sharing is not quite this simple. A lot depends on the users' behaviors. Someone who is just sending and receiving e-mail uses the wireless connection in bursts. They will probably never notice any slow down. On the other hand, a roomful of Wi-Fi users who are accessing high-resolution multimedia over a single access point may indeed notice a slowdown. A few years back, when Wi-Fi transmission speeds were much slower, this characteristic appeared to have little value. However, as the technology evolved, the benefits became apparent. Corporate users found it convenient to be able to move around the office (or campus) without the need for a physical LAN connection. An assessment of interference and its relationship to range is given in Table 3-3 Table 3-3 Interference range Maximum Range Range At 11 Mbps Light interference (open space) 750 ft -1,000 ft 150 ft - 350 ft Medium interference (office) 250 ft -350 ft 100 ft - 150 ft High interference (apartments) 125 ft -200 ft 60 ft - 80 ft Source: Frost & Sullivan Distance from the Base Station One of the factors that affects range and performance of a Wi-Fi network is the distance of the client devices (your Wi-Fi equipment) to your base station (your access point or gateway). In an open area with no walls, furniture or interfering radio devices, you may be able to get a range of 500 ft or more from your base station to your Wi-Fi equipped computer. In fact, you could get a signal from up to a mile away depending on the antennas you use and environmental conditions. Many base stations can also act as repeater or relay stations for your network. For example, if you locate one Wi-Fi equipped computer 100 ft. away from your base station, another Wi-Fi computer 100 ft. away in another direction, and then position your base station in the middle, you can create a network with a range of 200 feet from one Wi-Fi computer to the other. Wi-Fi, or IEEE 802.11b, speed decreases the farther you move from the base station. For example, when you are close to the base station, your Wi-Fi computer should be able to get the full 11 Mbps data rate. Move farther away, and depending on environment, the data rate will drop to 5.5 Mbps. Move even farther, and the data rate will drop to 2 Mbps, and finally to 1 Mbp. Getting just 1 Mbps throughput is still a perfectly acceptable performance level. One Mbps is faster than most DSL and cable connections, which means it's still D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 43 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies a satisfactory high-speed transmission if you're sending and receiving e-mail, cruising the Internet, or just performing data entry tasks from a mobile computer. What The Technology Means to Other Players In the short term, the rise of Wi-Fi will have a detrimental effect on the rollout of next-generation, or 3G, wireless technology, which is more expensive, slower, and less available. WLANs provide speeds approximately 20 times that of 3G. A typical hot spot costs less than $200, compared with the $500,000 to $1 million for a 3G base station. With a comparison like that, wireless carriers are wishing they had known about Wi-Fi before they spent $100 billion on 3G. Some portion of the carriers' money, then, will start to move away from traditional 3G infrastructure into WLAN equipment. There is no denial that the world will still need 3G to fill in the gaps between hotspots, which are likely to be pretty large. After all, no one is under the impression that the entire world will be covered by WLANs, 150 ft at a time. While carriers believe that Wi-Fi will eat into their 3G revenue, it will not eliminate that revenue altogether. And in fact, the success of WLANs proves a much larger point: wireless data is in high demand, and Wi-Fi will whet consumers' appetite for 3G. Frost & Sullivan believes that once people develop a taste for this technology, they will be become addicted and demand more and more seamless connectivity 365/24/7, anywhere. Large telecommunication carriers are in the perfect position to offer both wireless services, combine billing and customer service, and walk away with an effective, if not-so-elegant, solution to providing wireless data, while maintaining their hold on customers. However, one shouldn’t expect Wi-Fi to make the balance sheet look good, as most consumers will be happy to receive the service as long it is free and divest it the moment they feel they need to pay. Also a great deal of competition will drive prices down making the operators fight for every bit of share in the market. The real winners are the Wi-Fi hardware manufacturers who are poised to reap the benefits of the Wi-Fi revolution. Traditional T1 lines, which carry the data from the Wi-Fi base unit to the Internet, will also become more important. 44 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Market Dynamics--Benefits/Restraints/Increasing the Wi-Fi Customer Base Benefits Wi-Fi's major benefits include its use of the open spectrum, its high-speed operation, and its flexibility in being rapidly deployed. This not only makes it an excellent candidate for building mainstream data networks in developed nations, but also in emerging markets like India and China, where cost plays a very important role. Besides, Wi-Fi is an ideal technology framework for entrepreneurs; they can easily set up wireless hubs in neighborhoods to provide services. Restraints Despite all the hype and the exponential growth of this market, the Wi-Fi industry faces a number of challenges, ranging from interoperability between locations to the need for operators and aggregators to acquire more users. Skeptics point out many unsolved challenges, including a security breach in Wi-Fi's encryption protocol. Other issues include congestion, interference, and the lack of a billing or roaming infrastructure. The emergence of Bluetooth, and other home LAN protocols with superior technologies also pose challenges. The history of technology has proved again and again that if a certain open architecture gains escape velocity, there is no turning back. Increasing the Wi-Fi Customer Base There are several steps towards maximizing the Wi-Fi customer base and achieving the ultimate penetration of this technology. The first step in increasing the Wi-Fi customer base was for vendors to make the Wi-Fi network cards and hubs widely available. They need to think in terms of Wi-Fi becoming a mainstream technology, with volumes that could exceed those required by developed markets, and where Wi-Fi is one of several competing technologies. The second step was for various chains to start deploying Wi-Fi. Public call offices (PCOs), cybercafes and post offices are serving as initial 'hotspots'. Residential and office complexes can do the same. What this does is two things: it enables connectivity at much higher-speeds than was available before Wi-Fi, and creates the platform for Wi-Fi-enabled mobile devices. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 45 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies The third step was for these networks to be connected to build virtual wireless ISPs, enabling individuals to connect through a single login-password infrastructure. While mobility is not likely to be a key requirement in the beginning, making it easier for users to connect to wireless networks is important. The fourth step is for the development of low-cost, mobile devices. These become the computers of tomorrow for the 'bottom of the enterprise pyramid'. If emerging markets can put together a need for 10 million such units a year, prices can fall dramatically making Wi-Fi enabled low-cost, handheld computers the computer for the next billion people. The fifth step in this roll-out would be for content developers and enterprises to start putting together applications which leverage the devices. One has to think of innovative ways in which millions of users can now interact together with high-speed devices. This is what 3G hopes to capitalize on. However 3G is a topdown, carrier-driven technology which will take time to roll-out, and will be much more expensive. By comparison, Wi-Fi is bottom-up and can become affordable for the masses very rapidly. It can help these nations leapfrog with a high-speed wireless infrastructure which can be an enabler for new applications and productivity enhancements. Wi-Fi has all the makings of a pervasive, explosive technology: huge growth; a strong value proposition; multiple and expanding uses; industry standardization; and global standardization. The technology's flaws are nothing more than a speed bump, given the billions of dollars of R&D already poured into this space. Last and most important, there is plenty of running room as we move from the corporation to the home, to the campus, to the airport, to the hotel, and potentially to a citywide, maybe nationwide, level. Perhaps cellular carriers should be concerned about the impact on the need for 3G services, if Wi-Fi access is this readily available. Revenue generated through public Wi-Fi hotspots has the potential to grow dramatically, but the technology for wireless Internet access faces a number of challenges. Revenue from Wi-Fi technology, could increase by as much as 125% over the next five years. In addition, the number of hotspots worldwide is projected to increase to 160,000 by 2007. Wireless Personal Area Networks Standards Projects in Development The IEEE 802.15 working group provides, in the IEEE 802 family, standards for low-complexity and lowpower consumption wireless connectivity. 46 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards In March 1998, the wireless personal area network (WPAN) study group was formed. In May 1998, the Bluetooth special interest group (SIG) was formed, and in May 1999 the IEEE WPAN study group became IEEE 802.15, the WPAN working group. In July 1999, Bluetooth released the Bluetooth specification v1.0a. Today, there are currently four IEEE 802.15 standards projects in development: • IEEE Std 802.15.1-2002 - 1Mb/s WPAN/Bluetooth v1.x derivative work • P802.15.2- Recommended practice for coexistence in unlicensed bands • P802.15.3 - 20+ Mb/s High rate WPAN for multimedia and digital imaging • P802.15.3a - 110+ Mb/s Higher rate alternative PHY for 802.15.3 • P802.15.4 - 200 kbps max. for interactive toys, sensor and automation needs Bluetooth--Revision and Expansion Driven by Technological and Market Needs Bluetooth modules are the keystone of user-friendly networks for personal use, namely WPANs for voice and data communications via cellular phones, notebook PCs, and PDAs. The license-free use of the 2.4 GHz band and the low cost of the module provide the ideal conditions for creating a new global standard interface. When electronic appliances such as the microwave oven and the computer are connected via Bluetooth Wireless Technology, the same effect can be experienced as if the appliance itself were equipped with Internet functions. Hence, the microwave oven can be accessed over the Internet to download the data or to enable the function you need when necessary. The subtext to the story of Bluetooth's evolution has been the development of the Bluetooth specifications. Since the initial publication of the draft Bluetooth 1.0 specification in 1998, the specifications have been in a constant state of revision and expansion, driven by both technological needs and market drivers. The initial Bluetooth 1.0 specification, as with all first attempts at a common standard, left flaws that allowed it to be interpreted differently by many different developers. This loose interpretation led to problems of interoperability between chipsets from different developers and in some cases even between chipsets from the same developer. Early production Bluetooth chipsets represented partial implementation of the specification as developers choose to work on meeting certain core elements rather than attempt a complete implementation. The resulting early volumes typically achieved very low data rates of less than 200 kbps, had no point-to-multi-point capability, and in most cases were data only. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 47 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies In 1999, the Bluetooth special interest group (SIG) released version 1.0B of the specification and subsequently a series of amendments known as critical errata as the developers and supporting working groups revised the specification to remove the problems. The resulting breakthrough from this process was the release of version 1.1 in 2001. The release of Bluetooth specification version 1.1 marked a stabilization in the Bluetooth development process. Version 1.1 provided a stable specification that solved many of the major issues such as limited interoperability, combined with the increasing competency of the developers. This laid the platform for the strong growth which began to emerge from 2002 onwards. Although version 1.1 did not ensure that all chipsets met the specifications exactly, it did provide a basis for semiconductor vendors to produce chipsets that closely conformed to the original concept of a universal cable replacement technology. Version 1.2 of the Bluetooth specifications was released in late 2003 and unlike previous upgrades is interoperable with the previous release. Although some of the new improvements may not be available when 1.2 compliant devices are operating in conjunction with 1.1 complaint devices. The new release of the specification will bring improvements to the already robust security architecture of the Bluetooth standard; it will improve user set-up and provide enhanced quality of service for voice processing allowing clearer voice connections. The most high-profile improvements will be the inclusion of advanced frequency hopping (AFH) into the specification and Bluetooth's bandwidth being increased to support data rates of 2 mbps to 3 mbps. AFH is a modulation technique that avoids potential interference with other radio devices operating in the 2.4 GHz band. As an unlicensed part of the spectrum the 2.4 GHz band is widely used by a range of radio applications 802.11b WLAN equipment being the most commonly cited example. While Bluetooth itself operates on the robust frequency hopping modulation scheme, there is concern from WLAN users about the potential effects upon their networks. AFH overcomes this by utilizing those parts of the 2.4 GHz band with the least activity, preventing interference. The first sample chipsets conforming to Bluetooth 1.2 appeared in late 2003, with end-user products becoming available towards the end of the first quarter 2004. Bluetooth 1.2 is seen as an important step in supporting the Bluetooth SIG's five minute out of the box initiative. This program is intended to promote easier out of the box set-up of Bluetooth devices, responding to criticism from users about the difficulty of utilizing the Bluetooth functionality. Ultimately, improved ease of use will play a major part in driving ubiquitous Bluetooth adoption. The next step in the evolution of the Bluetooth standard will be the release of Version 2.0, although real movement on this is not expected before the end of 2004. Research suggests that Version 2.0 will support data rates of up to 12 mbps and will also further improve quality of service and the piconet functionality which allows Bluetooth to create ad-hoc networks between a group of devices. However, there is already significant skepticism over the need to move Bluetooth bandwidth up to 2 mbps or 3 mbps. Many see it as a pointless and potentially dangerous move. Although some application developers are 48 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards keen to see higher bandwidth, it can be argued that the current symbol rate of 1 mbp is suitable for most of the short-range cable replacement activities Bluetooth was initially developed to handle. Increasing the bandwidth could potentially spark further interoperability problems, will increase power consumption and could position the technology against other short-range technologies. As of mid 2003, there were thirteen certified profiles and a further twelve profiles in the final stages of development and close to certification. There are also a number of other profiles that are at different stages of investigation or development, some sanctioned by the Bluetooth SIG, some proprietary. There is no guarantee that these other profiles will ever be certified or released. Interoperability problems are the major danger presented by the growth of profiles, particularly the development of proprietary or unauthorized profiles. As new profiles emerge and are adopted, the potential increases for new devices failing to interoperate with older devices. The growth of Bluetooth is demonstrated in the semiconductor sector, from where most of the development has been driven. In 2001, just under 10 million chipset solutions were shipped, and by 2002 annual shipments had more than tripled to around 34 million units. By the end of 2003, Frost & Sullivan expects that shipments would at least double, with a conservative estimate of over 70 million units. Ultrawideband--Delivering Multimedia Capability Over the Short Range Ultrawideband (UWB), a high-speed, short-range wireless technology, is ideal for effortlessly transferring digital content between devices in entertainment and computing clusters in the home, including digital video recorders, set-top boxes, televisions and PC peripherals. With the absence of a currently available and standardized wireless technology that offers robust multimedia transport of multiple digital streams, UWB promises to be the technology that delivers the bandwidth and quality of service that many consumer electronics companies have been looking for. With the potential of offering a very high bit rate network, at 480 Mbit/sec. or higher, and ranging less than 10 m, UWB could fill a void that other wireless technologies have left due to technical limitations. UWB technology is based on the generation of extremely short digital pulses in the subnanosecond range (1 to 1,000 picoseconds). To transmit information, such pulse trains can be modulated any number of ways, including time, phase, amplitude and voltage. However, it is the fact that the pulses can be modulated directly by the baseband signal--instead of using a high-frequency carrier--that gives UWB radios their much-hyped simplicity of design. No longer are expensive, complex, large-footprint analog circuits required for carriersignal generation on the transmit side and for carrier stripping on the receive side. The short pulses associated coherent frequency spectrum can be multiples of gigahertz wide, thereby dispersing the pulse's energy across many narrowband systems (such as GPS, cellular, PCS, satellite radio and the various wireless-network bands). The bandwidth and the center frequency of the pulse are determined naturally by its D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 49 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies length, but typically some kind of filtering is used to limit the bandwidth to keep it within the FCC mask as defined by the ruling. This wide relative bandwidth allows UWB to penetrate walls and other obstacles, making possible capabilities such as through-wall imaging, while at the same time endowing it with a large degree of immunity to multipath interference relative to narrowband systems, a characteristic particularly appealing to the communications industry. Also, because the amount of information any signal can carry is a trade-off between bandwidth, power and distance (with various modulation and coding schemes used to optimize the communications channel), the wide bandwidth of UWB signals has the allure of potentially very high data rates of up to 500 Mbits/s. It's important to note that the information-carrying capacity scales linearly with bandwidth, and logarithmically with power, making it much more attractive to designers to scale the bandwidth to achieve higher rates. The FCC ruling in February was designed to curtail the interference this wide-bandwidth signal might have on GPS, military, ground/air navigation or cellular/PCS applications. The ruling specifically defines UWB as a signal with a bandwidth of 500 MHz or bigger, or 20% fractional at the -10 dBm point. The ruling limits UWB power to Part 15 limits (-41.25 dBm) operation over the 3.1 to 10.6 GHz band, though other bands are allowable below 900 MHz and roll-offs around the limits vary according to the application and whether it's for indoor or outdoor use. For many, the ruling by the FCC, though considered conservative, was a landmark event in wireless signaling that kept the cellular industry and military at bay until UWB could be properly evaluated. Good or bad, the FCC guidelines are forming the template for global regulatory rulings, with Canada, Europe, Japan, Korea and Singapore all interested in adhering closely to the ruling. However, similar to most networking protocols, the technology is making its way through the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.15.3a formal standardization process. Several companies notably Wisair, Texas Instrument, Femto Devices, Focus Enhancements, Fujitsu, General Atomics, Hewlett Packard, Infineon, Institute for Infocomm Research, Intel, Mitsubishi, NEC, Panasonic, Philips, Samsung, Staccato Communications, Taiyo Yuden, TDK and Time Domain are coming together in an effort to have their technology become part of an eventual UWB standard. To this respect they have also formed an alliance known as the multiBand OFDM alliance (MBOA). The multiband coalition is a voluntary and informal association supporting an open forum for exploring, sharing and shaping ideas for multiband UWB technology. The primary objective of the coalition is to define the technically optimal and feasible UWB physical layer (PHY) solution for high throughput (HT) wireless personal area network (WPAN) applications to be used for global standardization. All of the coalition’s work is being done in concert with the formal standardization process, with the intent of accelerating the process by solidifying a proposal for a well designed, robust and 50 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards cost competitive solution. The coalition believes that this will provide and establish a quicker path to interoperable products, as history teaches us that standards are required to accelerate high-volume markets. With target data rates of up to 500 Mbits/s, UWB is being targeted at WPANs, audio/video distribution within the home, as well as a cable replacement option for USB and FireWire. UWB is expected to first see use in consumer applications within the home, with several companies already using the technology to develop applications allowing DVD-quality video content to be streamed around the home. There are 3 main market segments: 1. Consumer electronics: For set top boxes, residential gateways, video data or audio data to output devices such as flat panel display, TV,and projector in home theater applications. One stream goes to your TV and a couple of streams goes to your kids bedroom. 2. Mobile and hand held use: To be able to create a link between a PDA and PC just for streaming purposes or you can use your cell phone as a modem to have Internet access. You could also have wireless mp3 players, or cordless headsets, wireless speakers, etc. In Japan you get hand-held DVD players; before you board a plane you go to an airport kiosk with digital rights management, where you can download a movie and watch it at your convenience. 3. PC Centric applications: A personal computer is used mainly for data centric applications. Today an USB with speeds in the range of 2 mbps or 12 mbps, will take 20 minutes for a normal back up. However,with UWB you can do it wirelessly and very fast. You can also download information from digital cameras to PC. There are however, some technical difficulties that have to be taken care off. The proponents of this new technology face, head on, the difficulties of quickly and accurately detecting a signal below the noise floor at high data rates and in the presence of multiple users and multipath interference, along with interference from the wireless incumbents. The problems have led to some innovative antenna designs, wide-dynamic-range circuitry and low-power implementations as well as advanced detection, modulation and coding schemes. Much of the work to date remains tightly under wraps as companies protect their pending patents. Many designers are confounded by the mind-boggling difficulties of actually detecting and acquiring a highdata-rate, low-level signal that resides below the noise floor in the presence of multiple users, multipath interference and interference from incumbent wireless devices and by the need to do it fast (sub 1 sec), at low cost, low power and with a small footprint. The advantage of UWB is that the transmitter is quite simple, but the receiver, on the other hand, is quite complex and power hungry. It has to pull signals in the presence of powerful interferers that will inevitably be present. Good dynamic range is needed and that's expensive. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 51 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies In Japan there is a different scenario altogether; UWB is not legal from a regulatory perspective. Also, the spectrum allocation for UWB has not been completed. With all of the promises that UWB technology holds for the future of the digital consumer and the ‘Connected Home,’ it is the multiband coalition that is spearheading this historic process and driving the standardization for the ideal UWB technology for the IEEE 802.15.3a. These efforts will ultimately help provide an industry standard, which will propel the high-volume market for UWB-equipped consumer devices, PCs and PC peripherals. If all goes well, it is expected that the standard will be finalized by Q4 of 2004 or Q1 of 2005, with standards-compliant silicon solutions also available within the same timeframe. By 2005, chip vendors foresee a target price point for complete UWB silicon solutions to be less than $8.00. Frost & Sullivan expects to see the first UWB products hit the marketplace in 2005. And so for the time being many of the applications that would have utilized UWB chipsets will now use 802.11a to save costs. The 11a technology also scores a point over UWB in terms of range, providing for the whole home. WiMedia WiMedia technology is a high-throughput, wireless communications system for multimedia and an easy-to-use, consumer-friendly solution. WiMedia is an addition to the wireless networking standards collection; it focuses on the development of short-range wireless delivery of multimedia. Also a part of the 802.15 suite of standards for WPAN, WiMedia is working to build on existing WPAN technology to create a high data rate standard for multimedia content. WiMedia is the brand name encompassing two wireless standards, IEEE 802.15.3 and the ultra-wideband-based 802.15.3a PHY. The technology connects devices at 200 M bit/sec, and competes with wired USB 2.0, IEEE 1394. Unlike an 802.11b wireless network, WiMedia networks provide ad hoc, peer-topeer connectivity, so you don’t need an access point. Current users looking to stream audio and video have found themselves wishing they had more bandwidth which would allow them to stream at a better quality. All of this is now possible thanks to WiMedia, or, technically speaking, 802.15.3, a new wireless standard developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The new standard, which shares the same bandwidth of airwaves as cordless phones, microwave ovens and other popular wireless protocols such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, would ensure fast, uninterrupted streaming media. Once a connection is made between WiMedia devices, the network automatically switches channels if it detects any interference from other technologies. The WiMedia Alliance will establish a certification program to accelerate widespread consumer adoption of wire-free imaging and multimedia solutions. Initial Alliance activity will be based on the high data-rate IEEE 802.15.3 draft standard with amendments and enhancements planned for future wireless systems such as ultrawideband (UWB). The WiMedia brand mark will certify the interoperability of multimedia devices that use personal area wireless technologies. The brand will also let consumers know which personal devices are 52 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards WiMedia-compatible and interoperable in a consumer-electronics-based networked environment. The Alliance will manage the WiMedia brand and license its use to organizations whose products pass certification tests. The rationale behind WiMedia solutions makes tremendous sense as OEMs are increasingly looking to complement their wired networking interfaces with wireless solutions that provide high-bandwidth connectivity in a variety of digital devices. More than 70 home entertainment and networking vendors, including Sony, Samsung, Royal Philips Electronics and Sharp helped develop the standard. Appairent Technologies, Eastman Kodak Company, HP, Motorola, Philips, Samsung Electronics, Sharp Laboratories, Time Domain, and XtremeSpectrum form the WiMedia Alliance. The WiMedia Alliance's founding member companies include Appairent Technologies, Inc.; Eastman Kodak Company; HP; Motorola, Inc.; Royal Philips Electronics; Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd.; Sharp Laboratories of America, Inc.; Time Domain Corporation; and XtremeSpectrum, Inc. The specification created by the IEEE aims to provide a high-bandwidth, high-quality, and secure wireless platform. In the 2.4 GHz spectrum, we see many appliances causing interference with Wi-Fi devices (such as cordless telephones). 802.15.3, however, automatically detects foreign devices and switches channels accordingly. 802.15.3 operates at approximately 55 Mbps, around the same speed as the new 802.11g standard. Unlike 802.11g though, WiMedia does not attempt to use access points (infrastructure networks) in any way. Shortrange networks, PAN’s (personal area networks), allow different devices to communicate with each other. These devices will include TV’s, audio systems, computers, gaming systems, etc. Streaming files to different devices has never been easier or more efficient with the high quality of service (QoS) and bandwidth WiMedia provides. WiMedia cannot strictly be considered a competitor to Bluetooth as their core target applications are different; however there is some overlap in the consumer electronics application area. It is possible that both of these technologies will be integrated into certain types of devices at some point, but it will be a long time before WiMedia reached the commercial mainstream that Bluetooth has already reached. Unlike the Wi-Fi Internet hotspots that have emerged in coffee shops, libraries and even McDonald's in recent months, WiMedia would not need a separate access point to power the system or additional configuration. WiMedia also boasts uninterrupted streaming between two devices 300 ft apart and at speeds of up to 55 Mbps, three times the distance and five times the maximum throughput of Wi-Fi. Bluetooth, which connects wirelessly to devices within 30 feet, at a maximum of 1 Mbps. Its high speeds make WiMedia best suited for wireless multimedia applications. An example of a WiMedia connection would be a wireless link between a stereo system and a television, or a television and a set-top box, with the aim being to create an interactive wireless network linking the different multimedia information and entertainment systems within the household environment. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 53 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies 802.15.3-compliant devices, which could be TV sets, stereo systems, computers, camcorders or any other consumer electronics devices, would connect wirelessly without the user doing anything. So if you have two WiMedia cards plug one to your stereo system and another to your office desktop. Download through the office network and listen to them in the house. Also with the card embedded in the AV stack, you can push a few buttons and begin viewing a just-shot home video from your camcorder on your TV or a slide show from your digital camera. You can also wirelessly send pictures to the printer or e-mail them. This is the beauty of this technology. People could also play music from radio stations all over the world rather than rely on their local broadcasters. High-speed, low-power WiMedia-compliant solutions will enable a new generation of un-tethered, interoperable consumer appliance, imaging, and multimedia devices, ultimately providing greater benefits to the end-user. They will also provide an easy-to-use consumer experience whether at home, office, or at a retail kiosk. The technology would be most beneficial to those involved in the wireless consumer-electronics, digitalimaging, digital-projection, and streaming-media industries The adoption of WiMedia as a major standard is still some time away; the concept has yet to prove itself, and initial product offerings based on the technology are not expected until at least the end of 2004. However, the WiMedia Alliance is making every effort to make sure the technology is a reality through its efforts to accelerate industry adoption and ensure vendor interoperability. Zigbee--It's Good for Low-Cost Control Signaling ZigBee is a short-range wireless technology being developed for industrial and home automation control situations. The Alliance, a rapidly growing, non-profit industry consortium of leading semiconductor manufacturers, technology providers and OEMs, is now collaborating with the IEEE to define the network, security and application layers above the 802.15.4 PHY and MAC layers. ZigBee was promoted by five companies, Honeywell, Invensys, Mitsubishi, Motorola and Philips. There are also over 30 participating companies including chip manufacturers, OEM’s etc who are collaborating on the technology. The Alliance says this cooperation will result in an easy-to-use, standards-based wireless network platform optimized for wireless monitoring and control applications These members are defining global standards for cost effective, reliable, low power wireless applications. Although ZigBee belongs to the IEEE 802.15 group ie it is based on the IEEE 802.15.4 RF standard. It may be helpful to think of IEEE 802.15.4 as the physical and media access control (MAC) layers for the technology and ZigBee as the logical network and application software. ZigBee-compliant products operate in unlicensed bands worldwide, including 2.4 GHz (global), 915 Mhz (Americas) and 868 Mhz (Europe). Raw data throughput rates of 250 Kbs can be achieved at 2.4 GHz (10 channels), 40 Kbs at 915 Mhz (6 channels) and 20 Kbs at 868 Mhz (1 channel). 54 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Range for ZigBee products is expected to be approximately 30 m in a typical home environment, compared to approximately 10 m for Bluetooth products (without power amplifier). ZigBee is currently the only standardsbased technology that addresses the needs of most remote monitoring and control applications. The Alliance hopes to encourage the broad-based deployment of wireless networks that are able to run for years on standard batteries in a typical monitoring application. Interference issues with appliances in the 2.4 GHz are relatively low as very few packets of data are transmitted which minimizes the likelihood of an unsuccessful transmission. ZigBee is not designed to compete directly with Bluetooth, but act as a substitute for those applications where Bluetooth is considered to be too power hungry and where some of Bluetooth's features are not required. The data rate for ZigBee technology is 250 kbps compared to 1 Mbps for Bluetooth wireless technology. Like Bluetooth it is designed to have lower power consumption, data rate and a much lower operational cycle. Although this technology has some interference issues with Bluetooth technology, it can be sorted by the ability of this ZigBee technology to resend the packets if it does not receive any acknowledgement. It is also cost effective due to the fact that the stack of ZigBee is small compared to the Bluetooth stack. Essentially ZigBee is intended to be used for brief disparate periods. As battery life is of prime importance for such applications, the ZigBee protocol was designed from the ground up to support very long life battery applications. In most cases batteries are designed for usage up to a year in a monitoring application. Thousands of applications for products incorporating ZigBee technology will soon exist in both the enterprise and home markets but mainly for industrial applications. The ZigBee technology is better suited for control applications, which do not require high data rates, but must have low power, low costs and ease of use (remote controls, home automation, etc.). It is envisioned that ZigBee will be used to remotely/wirelessly control equipment such as light fittings, machine control panels, thermostats and other similar equipment. The technology is all about a wireless networking solution that supports low data rates, low power consumption, security and reliability. ZigBee-enabled products are engineered to allow businesses to automate, control, and wirelessly connect their enterprise systems. ZigBee technology is well suited to a wide range of applications in every industry. In addition to enabling factory monitor and control functions, ZigBee provides the ability to track and locate raw materials or finished products as they move in, through and out of the facility. Raw and finished material transporters are looking at ZigBee as a replacement for older RFID technology. Essentially, any application that could benefit from interoperability, or that matches the fundamental RF characteristics of the IEEE 802.15.4 standard would benefit from a ZigBee solution. Typical applications for ZigBee include static networks between low cost devices, sensors, automation and control and data exchange. This translates to industrial and building automation and control, remote thermostats for air heaters and coolers, home security and for wireless computer peripherals. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 55 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies 802.16 Broadband Wireless Access Standards WiMAX--Long Distance Option Doesn't Need Line-of-Sight There are lots of companies today wanting to deploy wireless connectivity over larger areas, such as in cities and rural areas, as an alternative to using copper and fiber-based solutions. The problem, however, is that there have not been effective, standards-based solutions for implementing wireless networks within metropolitansized areas. The sudden surge in demand for high speed Internet access, voice, data and video transmission has encouraged the growth of broadband wireless access (BWA). In the recent past the number of users to deploy wireless connectivity has increased proportionally with novel technologies and standards seeking their way into the market. 802.11 has been tried by vendors for usage in metropolitan-sized environments, but with limited success. Even though there is reduction in costs, the technology has performance limitations when supporting larger numbers of users needing guaranteed bandwidth. In addition, RF interference is often a significant problem with 802.11 when covering large areas due to license free operation. The IEEE 802 group initiated the IEEE 802.16 Working Group to create standards for broadband wireless access to offer a high speed/capacity, low cost, and a scalable solution. The latest entry into the wireless networking paradigm is the 802.16 family that covers the frequency range between 10 GHz to 66 GHz and transmits data at the rate of 70 Mbps. This network standard is also referred to as IEEE wireless metropolitan area network (MAN) air interface. The advantage of this standard is primarily the affordable cost coupled with a wireless alternative to the existing cumbersome cable connection, especially in the areas where the terrain doesn’t permit the wired infrastructure. Traditionally, companies relied on proprietary wireless connectivity equipment which served their purpose and also remained secure in nature. However, the proprietary nature proved to be a big barrier for the devices to be interoperable and also became very expensive to maintain. WiMAX-802.16a A new wireless network standard 802.16a, which is popularly referred to as WiMAX, has been developed to make broadband wireless reasonable and easily deployable. The Institute of Electrical Engineers (IEEE) approved the 802.16a standard which is considered as an extension of 802.16. In a normal WiMAX configuration, the base station communicates with the other base stations, such as offices or homes, on a point to multi-point basis. WiMAX covers the frequency range of 2 GHz to 11 GHz and the added advantage is that the subscriber terminals need not be in line-of-sight with the 56 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards base station. WiMAX offers greater bandwidth and better coverage up to 30 miles. This is much better than the coverage offered by the Wi-Fi family (802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g) which is intended for covering only small areas. The significant difference in the frequency bands between the 802.16 and WiMAX is attributed to the fact that the non line-of-sight operations are possible only in the lower frequencies. Benefits have been incorporated into WiMAX by introducing some changes in the physical layer. It has the flexibility to operate at different frequency bands, and thus meets the different channel requirements across the world. It has been designed to support a small antenna which is more affordable and increasing popular. The standard supports time division duplexing (TDD) and frequency division duplexing (FDD), and thereby addresses the different policies and regulations available. This gives a promising picture of worldwide deployment. It requires two channels, one for reception and the other for transmission purpose. Frequency separation is introduced between these two channels in order to reduce channel interference. In environments where two channels are not available, TDD provides with a duplexing scheme which uses the same channel for transmission and reception purpose. It is highly scalable, connection oriented, which results in faster routing and forwarding, and protects the user’s privacy by using encryption methods. The time taken to deploy a WiMAX is significantly less than it is for T1 connections. It helps in enabling lastmile broadband deployment. It can be used to deliver video, voice, data and also high-speed network connectivity for Wi-Fi access points. For efficient use of the frequency spectrum, the standard supports channel quality measurements as an additional feature in the physical layer. As the number of users increase the operator or provider can further subdivide the cell and can reallocate the spectrum. Since the standard works well in line of sight (LOS), non line of sight (NLOS), and near LOS operation mode, the coverage is supreme. The coverage is further increased by following mesh topologies and introducing supporting technologies like smart antenna. The media access control (MAC) layer in the wireless MAN supports different kind of quality of service (QoS) for different applications. Applications such as normal video or voice transmission require lower response time and can tolerate certain error rate. On the other hand data specific applications cannot be made susceptible to even minimal errors. These issues are handled efficiently by the MAC layer. The IEEE 802.16 standard follows an adaptive modulation strategy as against the fixed modulation strategy followed in the older schemes. The main disadvantage with the fixed modulation was that if the system offers higher data rates then it requires optimal links, but with the lower orders of modulation the data rate was reduced significantly. This is dealt with effectively in the 802.16 standard by enforcing a strategy which balances the data rates and the link quality appropriately. This leads to the efficient usage of bandwidth. Despite the widespread usage of 802.11b and vigorous commercialization, the market for 802.16 looks commercially viable and very promising. The main disadvantage of the 802.11 family of standards is the D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 57 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies limitation on the coverage area. On the other hand, the 802.16 can provide up to a 30 miles range .This is the driving fact for 802.16’s commercial acceptance and provides a base for ideal wireless backhaul technology. Table 3-4. Provides a Comparison between 802.11 and 802.16 FEATURES Coverage and range 802.11( Wi-Fi) 802.16 (WiMAX) Limited to offices, indoors Operates in non-line of sight mode and hence the areas within the range of 300ft. range is much higher up to 30 miles Cells are sectorized and split to increase the Scalability Scalable from 1 to 10 Quality of service (QoS) subscriber base. Highly scalable from 1 to 100 The MAC layer offers different QoS support to It does not support QoS different applications Source: Frost & Sullivan The IEEE 802.16a standard was approved in January 2003. Since the standard was approved very recently, research has been restricted mostly to the corporate sector. In order to make this standard more adoptable in the commercial market some of the key issues need to be addressed and one among them is interoperability. Nearly 25 companies including Intel, Airspan, Alvarion, Analog Devices, Fujitsu Microelectronics America, Nokia, OFDM Forum, and Wi-LAN Inc., have joined the non-profit WiMAX forum to address these key issues and promote the standard globally. In July 2003 Intel, US, had announced their plans of bringing out a silicon chip which will be based on the 802.16 standards. Alavrion Ltd., Israel, has entered into a strategic agreement with Intel to integrate Intel’s 802.16 silicon chips into their next generation BWA equipment. Wi-LAN Inc., a global provider of broadband wireless communication products and technologies has joined with Fujitsu Microelectronics America, Inc., to work on 802.16a system-on-chip solutions. LMDS--A High-Throughput Fixed Wire Solution LMDS - Local Multipoint Distribution Service LMDS, a fixed wireless solution, uses microwave signals to transmit and receive data. Operating just like cellular systems, LMDS can be used within a small geographical area to provide service. The base station needs to be in line-of-sight within a three-mile radius (for MMDS, it is 35 miles) of the receiving antenna. These communicate in the frequency range of 28 GHz and 29 GHz, significantly higher than any other communication technology, cellular or otherwise. LMDS throughput could reach as high as 500 Mbps both ways, making it highly suitable for high bandwidth applications, particularly the last mile connections to broadband homes or on-campus applications. 58 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards The services offered by LMDS can be delivered in a point-to-point or point-multi-point configurations, though the point-to-multipoint is widely preferred method of delivering these services. Point-to-point links have been quite widely deployed for high speed dedicated links between two nodes. LMDS provides a less capital intensive solution for deploying high speed wireless services. Table 3-5. LMDS System Architecture Components Network operation center (NOC) Fibre-based infrastructure Base station Customer premises equipment (CPE) Source: Frost & Sullivan A NOC typically contains, network management systems (NMS) that manages the large customer base. The fiber based infrastructure consists of, synchronized optical carrier network (SONET), optical carrier (OC), central office (CO) equipment, ATM and IP switching systems and interconnections with the PSTN network. The base station is where conversion form fiber to wireless happens. It may typically contain, fiber terminators, modulation and demodulation equipment and microwave transmission equipment. The customer premises equipment will connect with the base station through TDMA (time division multiple access), FDMA (frequency division multiple access) or CDMA (code division multiple access) methods. Customer premises maybe office buildings or even residential houses. Different customer locations require different configurations and price options. Architecture The most commonly used architecture is the cosited base station equipment architecture. The indoor network infrastructure connects to the microwave tower colocated in the same premises. RF planning typically provides multiple sectors for these microwave systems in which to transmit. The beamwidth ranges from 15 degrees to 90 degrees. Another alternative architecture is where the indoor digital network infrastructure connects to multiple base stations through analog fiber links. This increases redundancy and reduces servicing costs. Issues involved are, deployment of remote base stations and the lack of analog fiber resources. This second alternative is still in design process. Wireless Access Systems TDMA, FDMA and CDMA form the core of wireless access between the CPE and the base station. All wireless access methods are built around these technologies. As of today most operators use TDMA and FDMA. In an FDMA scheme, customers share the same downstream link, ie each customer is given a specific D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 59 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies time frame within which he can use the channel. Uplinking is done by allocating different users with different frequencies in the same channel, much like frequency division multiplexing. FDMA access systems have a constant bandwidth or one which varies very slowly over time. In TDMA access systems, users are time divided and multiplexed on the same channel for both uplinking and downlinking. TDMA access system is used more for bursts of data where bandwidth is allocated on demand. Data rates for Access Systems For FDMA based access: Data rates are dependant on the type of modulation used. To calculate data rates, a value known as the spectral efficiency is needed. For different modulation techniques there are several spectral efficiency values. For instance the spectral efficiency for 4-quadrature amplitude modulation (4-QAM) is 1.5 bits/sec/Hz. So assuming a spectral band of 1 GHz with a frequency reuse of 2 GHz, the LMDS system provides a spectral band of 500 MHz per sector. Assuming equal uplink and downlink, we have a 250 MHz band in each direction per sector. For example for a customer using a 5 MHz link at 4 QAM, this works out to 5x1.5=7.5 Mbps per customer site. There are 250/5=50 customers per site making it to a total of 375 Mbps upstream. For TDMA based access: TDMA systems are best suited when there is uncertainty about the data rates, i.e. when there are data bursts. Assuming that a 250 MHz upstream channel is available per sector and each customer is using a 5 MHz channel. Each 5 MHz channel can service about 80 DS0 connections simultaneously. This would make it about 80x50=4000 customers per sector. Hence this access system is used when a large area of low data rate users have to be serviced. Transmission Issues Since LMDS systems operate in the 20 GHz range and above, they are highly susceptible to rain, reducing signal strength and thereby decreasing the range of service and efficiency of operation. LMDS antennas are highly directional which not only raises the area of coverage, but also solves the issue of multipath fading. Also unlike in cellular services, users can’t move because the antenna is fixed on rooftops, which again reduces the issue of multipath fading. MMDS--A Long Distance Option for Small Businesses and Homes MMDS (multichannel multipoint distribution system) is a wireless alternative to fixed broadband access. The technology is very similar to LMDS and competes directly with other wireless technologies such as wireless LANs which operate in the 2.4 GHz band and LMDS which operates in the 28 GHz to 30 GHz band. Signals in the higher spectrum such as LMDS signals are called millimeter waves. These waves propagate over a 60 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards relatively short distance reliably, most often a couple of miles. Hence, wide scale deployment is a very costly solution. Hubs are typically located on top of buildings. MMDS systems on the other hand are more suited for large coverage areas in the range of 30 to 35 miles. Hubs are maintained on hilltops or other higher points. Just a single tower can service a large area, with relatively lower cost to the service provider. However, this decreases the data rates. The overall data rates vary from 500 kbps to 1 Mbps, making this solution suitable for residential and small business units only. MMDS was originally intended to deliver wireless cable TV to subscribers. Since this service proved to be very unpopular with subscribers, service operators have concentrated on data access. The Internet seems to be the next big application for MMDS deployments. MMDS Architecture MMDS architecture is very similar to any ISP solution. An Ethernet port is connected to a router which in turn links with a MMDS modem. The modem connects with a MMDS base station over a wireless link, thereby replacing the wired fiber link. The base station is connected with the service provider’s equipment which is interconnected to the Internet. The base station uses a point-to-multipoint connection methodology which multiplexes communication from multiple users. However, the link is line-of-sight and requires the MMDS modem to be facing the base station antenna. The network layer is IP and the radio interface consists of physical and link layer protocols designed especially for the wireless medium. Access Systems Current wireless access uses conventional modulation techniques. Future access will be based on a technology called VOFDM (vector orthogonal frequency division multiplexing). VOFDM sums up the received signals as well as reflected signals to produce a stronger signal level. This eliminates the line-of-sight hindrance. Using the OFDM technique also improves the data rate characteristics. OFDM techniques divide the carrier into several subcarriers. Since each subcarrier carries a portion of the data load, longer symbol periods can be used which makes the system more resilient to multipath interference. Issues Current MMDS systems require line-of-sight operation. Also during severe weather conditions, the signal strength deteriorates. Since MMDS antennas have a wide beam width they service a large customer base which D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 61 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies reduces data rates. Typical data rates are 500 kbps to 1 Mbps. This raises concerns about the QoS achieved and given to the customers. Wireless data also raises concerns about security over the radio interface. Though only a very sophisticated hacker can gain access, exchange of sensitive data is risky. Also there isn’t significant deployment of MMDS networks. In the United States only Sprint and MCI are offering MMDS services. Recently Sprint has stopped adding subscribers to its wireless broadband services, which raises questions about the viability of this solution in the long-term. Rival technologies such as WLANs are also providing customers with wireless access with data rates in the range of 11 Mbps. Since mass customers such as residential users require low individual data rates, WLAN is becoming quite popular. MMDS equipment offered at the time of its launch was expensive and very complex to install, which made it very difficult for vendor companies to gain any significant return-on-investment. Recent Developments Though MMDS was never a popular broadband wireless system compared to WiFi or WLANs, it is set to make a comeback. The recently approved 802.16 standard for broadband wireless and the impending mobile broadband wireless standard 802.20 form the basis for this revival. As prices for subscriber terminals and base stations have fallen considerably over the past few years, vendor companies are increasingly realizing the potential for broadband wireless equipment. Nextel’s bid of $144 million for MCI WorldCom’s wireless spectrum licenses in the 2.4 GHz range shows the value of this spectrum in terms of its applications. Finally, equipment enhancements such as self-installation, portability, indoor mounting, QoS and full mobility capability address a number of technical issues that were dominant at the time of earlier installations. Due to a recent deregulation that allows cable TV companies to provide telephone and Internet services, along with the development of digital technologies that make efficient use of available bandwidth, MMDS has considerable future potential. An MMDS network can provide high-speed Internet access, telephone/fax, and TV together, without the constraints of cable connections. These developments and the emergence of new applications areas will hopefully elevate the profitability of MMDS services in the short and long term and emerge as a serious wireless broadband access system. 62 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Figure 3-1 MMDS system architecture components Comparison of Competing Technologies 5GHz VS 2.4Ghz The 5 GHz band (802.11a) is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band (802.11b). 802.11a avoids interference from cordless phones, microwaves, and other electronic devices in the neighborhood. However, 802.11a faces regulatory issues in some countries due to legacy systems in the 5 GHz band. The maximum data transfer rate for 802.11a is 54 M bits/sec which is much faster than 802.11b with a speed of 11 M bits/sec. However, speed and distance are inversely related. According to Atheros, 802.11a throughput drops to 21 M bits/sec. at 65 feet. That's still 4 times faster than 802.11b under similar conditions. The density of 802.11a access point (AP) is greater. To avoid channel overlap, only three 802.11b access points can have the same footprint. The 802.11 supports 12 access points, although many products support only eight non-overlapping channels. 802.11a also reduces co-channel interference because APs using the same channel are set farther apart. 802.11b has an edge when it comes to maturity, per-station pricing, availability, and interoperability. By midJanuary 2003, just seven 802.11a products were Wi-Fi certified. A single radio cannot support 802.11a and 802.11b simultaneously, so migrating from 'b' to 'a' requires hardware upgrade. Even if you're starting a new WLAN, many laptops and PDAs exist with embedded 802.11b. These 'legacy' stations will be around for a while. Residential users and small businesses, in many cases, should opt for 802.11b; availability and selection are better, prices are lower, and most don't require higher density or bandwidth. Businesses with existing 802.11b D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 63 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies should add 802.11a overlays in high-usage areas where bandwidth and density are pressing problems. 802.11a can be selectively deployed for power users that run bit-hog applications. Others should either wait for Wi-Fi certified 802.11g, or buy dual-band products. Dual-band is the best of both worlds, at a premium price. Products include APs with two slots for replaceable radios, cards with two radio chips, and chipsets with two integrated radios. Dual-band APs support 802.11a and 802.11b stations simultaneously. Users with dual-band cards can associate with APs on either band. But flexibility isn't free. Wi-Fi VS UWB Those developing UWB (ultra wideband) technology agree it is complementary to Wi-Fi rather than being a replacement for Wi-Fi. If you walk into your living room, your devices that require high throughput need UWB. 802.11 works across the house, as 10 m is too small for your household network. If 802.11 is the wireless backbone for the home, UWB is the local network in the room. High definition video transfer looks like the immediate killer application, while flat panel TVs will be the next item that will ramp to UWB. Future applications will include flat panel DVD’s and set-top boxes. Eventually it will be used in portable devices, but due to additional cost and power requirements, those applications will be developed later. Until the IEEE ratifies a UWB specification, the technology is in a state of flux. The different players are pushing it in different directions to suit their own agendas. For example, Texas Instruments would have the technology function at about 11 Mbit/sec over 10 m in a realistic environment, with the capability to push it further by about 200 Mbit/sec and over four m. With a UWB standard still at least a year off, the companies are forming their own technological approaches. Companies are trying to make the standard, digital heavy. They have tried to put a lot of the processing in the digital side of things and make it as light on the analog side as possible. It is much easier to design, debug and test in digital than analog. Also one can leverage Moore’s Law, as the technology gets better, as the nodes shrink, the digital will continue to shrink and the power consumption will also continue to shrink. Analog is not going to change that much as you go down process nodes. Texas Instruments' proposed solution uses the 4 MHz tons of OFDM (orthogonal frequency Division multiplexing) to create flexibility, the idea being that the technology then becomes scalable. In the home this would mean the application would be capable of gauging the best transmission rate it could support and then transmit at that rate, falling back to a lower rate as distance is increased. On a global level, scalability means 64 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards the UWB spectrum can be shaped to meet changing regulation needs across the world as the FCC only has jurisdiction over the United States. Such flexibility on a worldwide scale is thought of as key to UWB’s success. With Japan and Korea representing the leading-edge consumer markets, UWB’s success in these countries is not only necessary but possibly all that is necessary. If one can market the UWB in these Asian countries, then there is a sizable enough market to justify UWB’s development. Wi-Fi VS 802.16a A more robust standard for high-speed broadband wireless delivery to laptops and desktops will augment the burgeoning Wi-Fi market beginning in late 2004. The position of the standard, 802.16a, today parallels that of WLAN technology in the late 1990s, as the market finally grew and 802.11 price against performance gains converted WLAN from a niche to mass market. 802.16a, dubbed WiMAX, is about to reach similar price and performance points, the study finds. Under the current conditions, 802.16a could emulate 802.11’s rise several years from now, says study author Andy Fuertes. 802.16a is considered the next step beyond Wi-Fi because it is optimized for broadband operations, fixed and later mobile, in the wide area network (WAN). It already includes some advances that are slated for introduction into the 802.11 standard, including enhanced security, higher data rates, and better utilization of the spectrum. WiMAX and Wi-Fi are complementary as these two technologies address different segments of the market and are optimized for different tasks, local as opposed to metropolitan area networking. 'Last mile' access will be the first application for 802.16a, but mobility will follow via 802.16e. Wi-Fi Vs Bluetooth The Bluetooth wireless technology uses the 2.4 GHz band, which is unlicensed, and can be used by many other types of devices such as cordless phones, microwave ovens, and baby monitors. Any device designed for use in an unlicensed band should be designed for robustness in the presence of interference, and the Bluetooth wireless technology has many features that provide such robustness. The Bluetooth wireless technology and Wi-Fi are complementary technologies in a sense that while the Bluetooth wireless technology is designed to replace cables between cell phones, laptops, and other computing D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 65 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies and communication devices within a 10 m range, Wi-Fi is wireless Ethernet, ie, it provides an extension or replacement of wired networks for dozens of computing devices. Although one really does not have the need for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth to co-exist, we expect the Bluetooth wireless technology to be used as widely as a cable replacement for devices such as PDAs, cell phones, cameras, speakers, headsets and so on. Whereas we expect 802.11 to be used for higher speed wireless Ethernet access. On any given day and time if devices operate in the same frequency band , there is the potential for interference. The severity of this interference is a function of the system designs and the distance between devices. Since the strength of a radio signal varies approximately with the 'inverse square' of the distance, a small increase in separation can reduce the level of interference significantly. Studies by a number of companies indicate that if the separation is more than 2 m, in most cases there is no perceptible degradation of transmitting data in either device. From 2 m to about a half-meter, there is a graceful degradation. As the devices are brought in very close proximity and collocated, the degradation can be quite noticeable. Fortunately, this scenario only happens when the two systems are in the same device, and in those cases, Bluetooth hardware and Wi-Fi hardware can collaborate to dramatically improve performance. Wi-Fi VS HomeRF HomeRF is an open industry specification developed to promote wireless communications in the home and small office environments. A group of companies from the personal computer, consumer electronics, peripherals, communications, software, and semiconductor industries joined together to form the homeRF working group (HRFWG), a group dedicated to the development of a common standard for this kind of technology. HomeRF aims at building wireless networking among home appliances, with the HomeRF 2.0 release offering speeds of up to 10 Mbps in the 2.4 GHz band. The technology is principally designed for use with PC and cordless phone applications, allowing multiple users to share the bandwidth of an external connection. Active promoters include Siemens, Motorola, Proxim and National Semiconductor. However, its drawback was that it was positioned in the market between Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. It offered speeds comparable to Wi-Fi, but obviously lacked the same economies of scale, while as a cable replacement option it could not offer the mobility of the widely-supported Bluetooth. HomeRF’s death-knell was struck in March 2003 with the departure of Intel from the group. In fact, the chip maker has since become one of the most enthusiastic backers of Wi-Fi. However, though Wi-Fi has been seen as a rival startup technology, it has yet to prove it is more than a free add-on for Internet cafes, or broadband wireline providers. 66 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Wi-Fi has claimed another notch in the belt, with the shutting down of the group backing the rival technology HomeRF. The former chairman of the HomeRF Working Group, Ken Haase, has informed that the body is no longer functioning. The organization is also closing down its homerf.org website. That’s a good start, but it’s not the sign that Wi-Fi can become a commercial mass market standard. Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments Nanotube to Serve as an Antennae for Wireless Devices--North America Carbon nanotubes are structures related to buckyballs, or buckminsterfullerenes. These carbon cylinders were discovered in 1991 by a Japanese researcher, Sumio Iijima, who was using an electron microscope to study the material deposited on a cathode during the arc-evaporation synthesis of fullerenes. Since then, hundreds of researchers have been looking into carbon nanotubes, either as containers for other molecules--as structural elements they’re 1,000 times stronger than steel on a weight basis--or as ingredients in future electronic devices. Now a group of researchers at the University of Southern California discuss their efforts to use these tiny tubes as a part of an electronic device, as elements of antennae for wireless applications. Small amounts of noise boost the reception of weak electrical signals in p-type carbon nanotube field-effect transistors. The effect, known as stochastic resonance, boosts the transistor’s input-output mutual information or correlation. The effect was quite robust. The researchers found, although they were in the early stages of learning, how to manipulate it. Bart Kosko, one of the researchers on the project feels that such noise-enhanced signal processing at the nanolevel promises applications in signal detection in wideband communication systems and biological and artificial neural networks. The device that was tested consisted of a carbon nanotube stretched between two metal electrodes of Ti-Au. Both the nanotube and the electrodes sit on a silicon dioxide insulating layer, which sits on top of a p-doped layer of gate material. The nanotube was 3 micrometers to 5 micrometers long, and less than 2 nm in diameter. The results of their work, said Kosko, "suggest that nanotubes can exploit noise in other signal-processing tasks if advances in nanotube device technology can overcome the problems of hysteresis and parasitic capacitance that affect logic circuits and high-frequency signals." If the kinks can be worked out, such devices could find a home in a wide variety of applications, from broadband or optical communications devices, to spread-spectrum communications. "A nanotube’s length can code for a given frequency, while chemical adsorption can tune a nanotube’s threshold." D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 67 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies The researchers believe that in addition to microelectronic applications, the research may be useful in biological and neural applications. He feels that there may be many good applications for the technology that we have not yet foreseen. Magnets to Damp Out Electromagnetic Noise--North America Over the past few years, a variety of communications technologies have come into use that transmit and receive in an unlicensed portion of the radio spectrum, operating at 2.4 GHz. Certain types of cordless telephones, ‘Bluetooth’ devices for short-range communication of microelectronic devices, and the increasingly popular IEEE 802.11b and 802.11g wireless networking protocols all make use of the 2.4 GHz to 2.5 GHz frequency band. Unfortunately, that band is also susceptible to interference from a common household device, the microwave oven. An oven typically operates at a center frequency of 2.45 GHz, at several hundred watts of power. A group of researchers in the Nuclear Engineering and Radiological Sciences Department at the University of Michigan report that a simple, inexpensive fix can damp out much of the electromagnetic noise caused by the magnetron of a microwave. "The technique employs permanent magnets to generate an azimuthally varying axial magnetic field;" said Ronald Gilgenbach, lead author on the report. By creating such a field, by placing four permanent magnets alongside one of the two cylindrical magnets found in a typical magnetron design, electromagnetic noise from the microwave magnetron can be significantly reduced. "The noise reduction near the carrier is approximately 30 dB," said Gilgenbach. "Microwave sidebands are reduced or eliminated." Gilgenbach said that the additional magnets don’t need to be identical in physical size, or spaced symmetrically or periodically. The technique works equally well on both new magnetrons and old ones, which typically exhibit a noisier spectrum. However, the technique does reduce the power delivered by the magnetrons, by about 10% in a new magnetron and by about 20% in an older magnetron. If fewer magnets are used, less power is lost, but more noise remains in the output of the device. The magnet modification works especially well at cleaning the noise associated with the magnetron startup. Though the researchers say that the physical mechanism of the noise reduction is not fully understood, they have several theories that they are exploring. On-Chip Wireless Communication--North America As microelectronics products become more and more complex, the tiny traces that connect different parts of the chips to each other, known as interconnects, follow ever more tortuous paths. Researchers at the University of Florida report a new way for simplifying intra-chip communications. 68 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Wireless communication is becoming increasingly popular as a means for sharing data between electronic components, with technologies such as 802.11b (Wi-Fi) and Bluetooth taking the electronics market by storm. However, Kenneth O and colleagues report using wireless communications on a much smaller scale. Rather than shuttling data through radio signals from one side of a house to another, they radio data to and from different parts of a single silicon chip. Their transmission, containing the clock signal needed for the orderly operation of a processor chip, bridged a 5.6 mm gap, from a tiny transmitter to an equally tiny chip-level receiver. "Instead of running the signal through the wires, what we did was broadcast and receive the signal," said O. He explained that though individual circuits are getting smaller, actual chip size is increasing in some cases. Today's average chip is about 1 sq. cm. However, faster chips planned for the years ahead may be as large as 2 cm or 3 cm, making wireless intra-chip communications using technology such as wireless interconnects, more necessary. The team has been able to bring the wireless realm down to chip level in several applications. Working with IBM’s Watson Research Center and the Navy, they have demonstrated 13 GHz CMOS amplifiers using a 0.1 micrometer CMOS technology on silicon-on-oxide and silicon-on-sapphire films. The team has also been able to create a 1.2 dB noise figure 900 MHz amplifier, and demonstrate on-chip wireless communication using integrated antennas. According to the developers, antennas will be installed onto chips one way or another, it's inevitable. Remote Monitoring of Home Appliances--Singapore Extensive Internet infrastructure worldwide and wireless technologies such as Bluetooth and WAP (wireless application protocol) have created new opportunities in the remote monitoring arena. Leveraging it, researchers from the National University of Singapore (NUS) have created a software application called Domus, which enables mobile devices to control and monitor activity on a user’s personal computer (PC). Tan Kok Kiong, associate professor in the electrical engineering department, and his team of researchers, introduced virtual laboratories in the NUS in the late 1990s, which let students within the department conduct experiments anytime and anywhere with a standard Web-browser. This was expanded to develop an intelligent home automation system. Recognizing that the home PC can be made a hub for monitoring and controlling home appliances, Domus works on a distributed thin client model, under which a mobile device establishes a direct connection with the targeted PC. Thus, a user can remotely check on the security system at home, turn on home appliances, be alerted to a power failure at home, or activate a pet-feeder while on holiday, to name a few uses. The current version of Domus facilitates three major functions. First, using a mobile device, users can access their e-mail service and attach files from a remote PC to a composed e-mail. Second, the application allows a user to access and control a Microsoft PowerPoint file on his/her mobile. Third, the application can capture the screen of the remote PC and transmit the resultant image to a mobile device. This feature provides a gateway to D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 69 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies home automation applications at home and access to real-time information from applications running on a remote PC, which might include the latest financial information or production figures. The project is multidisciplinary in nature as, the disciplines of control, automation, communications, and software have required extensive co-ordination. Further enhancements are being planned to expand the scope of the device even further. Access functions to Microsoft Word and Excel documents will be available in a forthcoming version. Moreover, a refinement is being devised, which will enable the monitoring device to alert the owner through SMS (short messaging service) if any untoward or abnormal incident occurs. The incident may be technical (abnormal production level), home appliance based (power failure) or even human-related (a break-in, or someone fainting). The team says it expects to incorporate the above refinements in the next year. The current version of Domus is available for commercialization. Funding and collaboration were initially provided by National Instruments in 1997, and continued by the NUS. 802.20 to Give Competition to 802.16 A new mobile broadband wireless network standard that is expected to be finalized by next year is 802.20. This IEEE standard for 4G is targeted at providing high-speed connectivity to mobile devices, such as cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDA), and laptops. The objective of this standard is to bring in an affordable, omnipresent, interoperable mobile wireless access networks that meet the needs of end-user markets. The IEEE standard for 4G--802.20--will be fixed by the end of next year and will support data rates up to 4 Mbit/sec. with frequencies up to 3.5 GHz. The 4G standard will allow cell phones to operate from vehicles traveling at up to 250 km/hr, and could be based on OFDM, CDMA and multiantenna techniques. The standard is data centric and is considered to complement the existing 3G standards. The frequency range in which the standard is expected to work is below 3.5 GHz, data transmission rate is 4 Mbits/sec (Mbps), and peak user rate downlink is greater than 1 Mbps. As is the case with the 802.16 standard, 802.20 supports timedivision duplexing as well as frequency division duplexing. It is intended to support vehicular mobility even at the speed of 250 kms/hr which implies that the standard would work well even in a high-speed train. The latency time for the 802.20 standard is less than 20 millisec. It could operate using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), carrier division multiple access (CDMA) or multiantennae techniques. 802.20 and 802.16 have complementary focus. 802.16 has a long way to go before it catches up with 802.20. 802.20 is a combination between fixed broadband access such as 802.16 and W-CMDA, although it does not replace LAN. Flarion Technologies, United States, has plans of submitting a proposal to support 802.20 mobile broadband wireless access (MBWA) by using ODFM. ODFM is the technique of splitting the given high-speed channel in to multiple low speed channels with small band gaps between them. 70 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Some of the potential applications of this IEEE standard 802.20 are access to the Web, file transfer without any size limitations, e-mail, video and audio streaming, IP multicast, telematics, location-based services, VPN connections, voice-over-Internet protocol, instant messaging, on-line live gaming and real-time applications, for which the response time needs to be minimal. Drivers & Restrains Drivers Wireless LAN technology allows instant connectivity to unconnected workers in the corporate network from a conference room, the cafeteria, or somewhere in the vicinity of the building at speeds several times faster than a dial-up modem. As it is very simple to attach wireless access points to wired high-speed networks, installation can be done in hours rather than weeks or months. The biggest advantage of this networking standard seems to stem from the fact that it can work with all existing applications. The benefits of deploying wireless LANs can be summarized as the following: Mobility: It offers mobility and can boost productivity with the convenience of wirelessly connecting to the network from any point within range of an access point. WLAN provides continuous, cable free access to your network, e-mail, and the Internet throughout the workplace. With a wireless network, you and your staff can work from anywhere, anytime. Ease of Configuration: You can quickly extend a wired network with the ease of attaching an access point to a high-speed connection and add additional access points as needed. Ease of Deployment: Deploying a wireless LAN can be cheaper than a wired LAN. Wireless networks are quickly installed, provide flexibility, and are easily reconfigured. Very low incremental cost is required to add users to an existing WLAN network. Implementations do not require the expense or maintenance of wiring. High-Speed Connection: Today's wireless networks offer high performance and bandwidth to keep all your essential applications and transactions running. Throughput speeds comparable with or better than 10-baseT wired networks provide reliable access to e-mail, the Internet, file sharing, and other network resources away from the desk. Cost Savings: In terms of value of wireless, mobility, flexibility and lower cost implementation. WLANs require no cables, which saves companies thousands of dollars; moreover, information can now be accessed from remotest points. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 71 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Support: Tri-mode/dual-band products supporting 802.11a, b and g will drive the market for users interested in Wireless LAN connections as they support maximum number of standards. Applications: Wireless technology also has a great future ahead, with high-speed, short range technologies such as Ultra Wide Band set to replace USB cables in three or four years. However,in the meantime and, despite its faults, wireless remains one of the most exciting technologies of recent times Finally, with recent European approvals, 802.11a is ready to deliver both high performance and capacity on less-congested frequencies. Best of all, new tri-mode client cards can talk to all three. Restraints Before worrying about performance, security and interference, the first wireless issue you may experience is incompatibility. Over a few short years, the original 802.11 wireless Ethernet standard has enjoyed numerous extensions, each identified by a lower-case letter tagged at the end. Some refer to entire physical layers designed for networking, while others specifically enhance security, quality of service and interoperability. The crucial thing, though, is that certain combinations may work together, while others won't. Third-party certification may aim to simplify compatibility concerns, but introduces additional terms and branding. Finally, manufacturers eager to gain a competitive edge may release products based on a new standard while it's still in draft form. Hidden joists, metal sheets, tanks or girders can impact wireless range. Their range is typically limited to between 60 ft and 300 ft in unobstructed areas. Every access point has a maximum operating range and number of simultaneous users, but if you need to increase either you need extra access points. Perhaps the biggest technical issue facing day-to-day wireless networking is interference, either from nearby wireless networks or devices sharing the same radio frequencies. The 2.4 GHz frequency is particularly congested, with 802.11b and 802.11g networks sharing the same radio resources such as Bluetooth, microwave ovens, cordless phone systems, baby monitors and wireless video senders. In the presence of other 2.4 GHz devices, the performance and range of 802.11b and 802.11g networks could both be reduced. Similarly, wireless networks could impact other 2.4 GHz devices. Wireless video senders seem particularly at risk, often suffering from audio and video interference in the presence of 802.11b or 802.11g networks. One solution is to try changing the channel on which your access point or device is operating, but if this doesn't work, you will either have to switch off the conflicting device or swap it for one operating at a different frequency. 72 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of IEEE Wireless Standards Careful channel selection is also essential to avoid interference between nearby Wireless Access Points. While you may believe the 11 to 14 channels of 802.11b and 802.11g provide plenty of scope, each one overlaps with the next. In fact to eliminate interference, you should select 802.11b/g channels numbered as many as five apart. Consequently 802.11b and 802.11g are limited to just three non-overlapping channels: 1, 6 and 11. 802.11a is superior in terms of congestion and interference. Finally the radio waves that transport wireless networking data can easily penetrate walls and be received by snoopers. So security is a concern. Worried corporates can, however, implement additional security measures by connecting users through virtual private networks (VPNs), but these come at additional costs. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 73 Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies RF Technologies Technology Assessment--Intense Innovation Drives Applications The field of radio frequency communications has grown in leaps and bounds, and research in this field justifies million dollar investments. We have come a long way from old transistor-based systems, that carried only voice, to the new generation digital voice and data systems. For defense purposes, the whole meaning of RF systems changes. The battlefield is a place where lives depend on the existence of reliable communication technologies. With the Internet boom, everything changed. It changed the way information is exchanged and processed. Digital data systems play a vital role in this. It was quickly realized that visual information is easier to understand than audio data or voice. Typically, visual systems require huge amounts of bandwidth and hence the need for broadband, high-range data communication systems. This research service profiles companies that specialize in equipment for high data rate, and extremely high-frequency data communication systems. Innovative technologies have emerged to provide broadband communications in extreme situations, such as disasters and natural calamities. For example, one system being developed by researchers at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University relies on leftover fiber ends to provide broadband communications in disaster areas. Innovations such as wireless system-on-a-chip and optical antennas will see increasing use. Companies such as Trex Enterprises have been pioneering the field of long-haul free-space optical and RF communications, while Japanese companies including Fujitsu have recently announced the production of long-haul broadband data rate systems for metro networks. Startups such as Dragonwave Inc. are also boasting of a 50 Mbps to 100 Mbps wireless communication system with a range of over 10 miles. Ensemble Communications and Harris Corp. have been providing military grade broadband communication systems. Ceragon Networks and P-Com, who have primarily been telecom carrier equipment suppliers and manufacturers, provide carrier-grade longhaul wireless systems in the 7 GHz to 60 GHz range. Companies such as Redline Communications supply OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing)-based RF systems. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 75 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Wireless Broadcast Across Chip--North America It’s a very small radio station, which could have an important impact. A team of electrical engineers at University of Florida is showing a wireless communication system built entirely on a single chip. A miniature radio transmitter broadcasts information across the chip to a miniature antenna. This is the first wireless communications system for moving data within a chip that we’ve come across. Kenneth O at University of Florida tells us that it is the future. "Antennas are going to get installed onto chips one way or another - it’s inevitable. We are really the first group that is making the technology happen." It solves some real problems. Transmitting information to all parts of the chip simultaneously through the many tiny wires embedded in the silicon platform is getting much more difficult as chips get bigger and more complex. Kenneth O’s chip-based radio systems would bypass the wiring, ensuring continued performance improvements in the larger chips. They could also make possible, tiny, inexpensive microphones, motion detectors, and other devices. In the all-on-a-chip system, the transmitter is a voltage-controlled oscillator, an amplifier, and an antenna. And the receiver is an antenna, a low-noise amplifier, a frequency divider, and buffers. They demonstrate each of these individual circuits with 0.18 -micrometer complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) technology at 15 GHz. The work was supported by the industry consortium Semiconductor Research Corp., which has worried that traditional interconnect systems won’t be able to meet performance needs of microprocessors at the 0.1-micrometer technology node and beyond. Global interconnect delay becomes significantly larger than gate delay, at this limit. Today’s fastest commercial chips, used in Pentium 4 and other high-end processors, operate at 2 GHz. Techniques are rapidly being developed to speed them up. Chips in labs already process information as fast as 20 GHz, and 100 GHz looks feasible. The chips will also get bigger, with 2 sq. cm to 3 sq. cm projected over the next two decades. All this makes it harder to send information to all of the chip’s regions simultaneously. The distances between the millions of tiny circuits within the chip become more varied. Kenneth tells us that this will impact the chips’ performance when the delay affects distribution of the clock signal, the basic signal that synchronizes the many different information processing tasks assigned to the chip. This signal must reach all regions of the chip at essentially the same time for optimum performance. The University of Florida team broadcast the clock signal from its on-chip transmitter on one side of a chip to 5.6 mm across the chip to its receiver. "Instead of running the signal through the wires," O reports, "what we did was broadcast and receive the signal." Copper and low-K dielectrics have been introduced by the industry to reduce the global interconnect delay, but they will only work for a few more generations. The global interconnect delay is particularly worrisome 76 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies because the global clock signals must be distributed across the microprocessor with skews of less than 10% of the global clock period. Each new generation of microprocessors increases clock frequency, decreasing clock period, and reducing the amount of skew that can be tolerated. This is happening at the same time, as chip area and total delay through the clock distribution network are both increasing. This is the widening gap that the University of Florida chip will close. A signal is generated on-chip at about eight times the local clock frequency, and sent to the antenna. Clock receivers distributed throughout the integrated circuit (IC) detect the signal and then amplify and synchronously divide it down to the local clock frequency. These local clock signals are buffered and distributed to adjacent circuitry. As with optical interconnects, wireless signals propagate at the speed of light. However, since optical components won’t be needed, the system should be easier to integrate into CMOS chips. They should also provide another means for global communications, freeing wires for other purposes. Moreover, using wireless interconnects in a clock distribution system should reduce the latency in the clock tree, helping reduce clock skews and eliminating the frequency dispersion problem that could ultimately limit maximum clock frequency. Applications will go beyond maintaining the performance of larger chips, Kenneth tells us. The availability of such chips could lead to a chip-to-chip wireless communications infrastructure, seamlessly and constantly connecting desktop, handheld computers, mobile phones, and other portable devices. The military has shown interest in pairing wireless chips with tiny sensors such as microphones, to drop thousands of these devices in a region to eavesdrop over a wide area. On the home front, wireless chips could be paired with motion detectors and implanted in the walls of buildings to help find victims of a disaster. Optical Communication Technologies High Data Rates and Long Haul Spans Optical wireless solutions or free space optics (FSO) offers the advantages of both wireless and optical communications. Instant connectivity and mobility offered by wireless technologies combined with the high data rates, security and long-haul spans makes FSO one of the most important means of communication. FSO is particularly important in tactical communication systems using space or ground-based lasers. The lasers' higher capacity is fundamentally due to their higher frequencies. Satellite telemetry systems use radio frequencies up to 40 GHz, or 40 billion cycles/sec. By contrast, near-infrared light has a frequency of about 193 THz, allowing data transmission to take place thousands of times more rapidly. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 77 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies This makes lasers and optical wireless communications important for defense considerations. For decades, the military establishment has sought a form of high-data-rate communication that's intercept free. Many military groups, including Special Forces and the Navy, using ships in a radio-free zone, have taken a turn listing the benefits of such a system. Encrypted radio and microwave signals only go part of the way because, while an interceptor might not know the details of the message, one can determine the position of a transmitter by triangulating the source. On the other hand, signals sent through modulated laser beams are extremely secure. Not only can they be encrypted, but someone would have to be in the direct path of the light to intercept the signal. Considerable sums of money have been spent on research activities to develop FSO communication capabilities. FSO has already been in commercial use to solve what is called the ‘last mile problem’. Commercially available FSO products provide high-speed data and voice connectivity in congested metro areas. The Office of Naval Research (ONR) and Defense Advance Research Projects Agency (DARPA) have been funding research projects aimed at developing such capabilities. The Naval Research Lab (NRL) established one of the first high-speed long-haul experimental laser communications links across the Chesapeake Bay. This project was implemented by the Honeywell Technology Solutions Incorporated. DARPA is supporting the development of steerable agile beam (STAB) capability through its microsystems technology office. A consortium of leading defense contractors and universities are working on this grant. Boeing, for example, is working in conjunction with Rockwell Scientific Company. The European Space Agency has already demonstrated the viability of FSO communications in space using the Artemis satellite. The Lincoln Laboratory at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology is working on a space local area network project that would use free space laser links for data transmission. Lawrence Livermore Completes Laser Communication Link--North America In what is considered the longest terrestrial high-capacity air optics link between the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory and Mount Diablo, the team has completed a 28-km, high-capacity laser communication link between those two points. The project was initiated to develop an optical wireless testbed for evaluating new laser communication technologies. Laser communications consists of an optical system in which information is encoded on a laser beam and transmitted to a receiver telescope. Functionally similar to radiofrequency or microwave communications, lasers use the optical part of the electromagnetic spectrum. The laser communication beam is not visible or harmful in any way. The experiments were conducted as part of the secure air-optic transport and routing Network (SATRN) program, which is cosponsored by the Nonproliferation, Arms Control, and International Security Directorate, and Laboratory Directed Research and Development to provide advanced technologies for long-range laser 78 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies communications.The initial laboratory - Mount Diablo, link transmitted data at a single-channel data rate of 2.5 GB/sec, the equivalent to the transmission of 1,600 conventional T1 data lines, 400 TV channels, or 40,000 simultaneous phone calls. Proliferation detection, counter-proliferation, arms control, counterterrorism, and war-fighting, all require the timely and secure communication of information in situations where fiber-optic cable is physically or economically impractical and data requirements exceed radiofrequency or microwave wireless capacity. The experiment was conducted on the supervision of Tony Ruggiero, the principal investigator on the project. Ruggiero says that the next challenge for the SATRN team, is transmitting data long distances for longer periods of time to establish a solid baseline for the availability, accessibility, and acceptability of the system’s single-channel long-range link performance. A New Family of Optical Materials--North America Researchers have come up with a new type of glass that’s useful for much more than just windows and bottles. The material, they say, could have applications across a wide range of fields, including applications in optical communications devices, infrared materials, power lasers, surgical lasers, and sensors. In addition, the material could serve as a low-cost replacement for the sapphire windows that are currently used in some optical applications. The glass, developed by scientists at Containerless Research with support form NASA and the National Science Foundation, has been dubbed REAl Glass, for ‘rare earth aluminum oxide,’ the key components of the material. The production process involves the creation of a supercooled fluid, that allows the atoms of rare earth elements to be well distributed in the finished glass. The process is containerless, eliminating contact between the molten material and a solid container. Initially, NASA research facilities that allowed the scientists to levitate their molten glass in an electrostatic field were used. Later, other means of levitating the materials were used, including aero-acoustic levitators or conical nozzle levitators. However, the researchers said that the levitation was not necessarily needed, in that, methods could be employed that float the glass components on materials such as molten gold metal to achieve the same separation for contamination. "The REAl Glass products are a new family of optical materials," says Richard Weber, a scientist with Containerless Research. "We're already making commercial quantities of glass rods and plates for use in lasers," he added. Additional applications are in the works. The company is currently manufacturing the materials in 10 mm-thick rods and plates, through a high-temperature manufacturing process. The process allows the precise rare-earth composition of each mix to be tailored for specific applications. "Our glass can provide efficient power lasers and expand coverage to new wavelengths," by using the tenability aspect of the material, Weber said. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 79 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments Carbon Nanotubes for RF Signal Processing - North America The Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA) has awarded a $300,000 grant to two researchers from the University of California at Irvine to develop radiofrequency signal processing components for wireless communications, based on carbon nanotubes. Peter Burke and William Tang will be collaborating in a research to understand, characterize, and control the electronic circuit properties of freely suspended carbon nanotube nanoelectromechnical radio frequency (RF) resonators, as well as the ultimate speed limits of active nanotube transistors. Peter Burke's goal, who works as an assistant professor in UCI’s Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science (EECS), is to develop nano-RF signal processing components for wireless communications using the carbon nanotubes. In the last decade, the cylindrical molecule of carbon known as a nanotube has become a do-all wonder futuristic substance, touted for future use in everything from X-ray machines to paint. Though the use of nanotubes in RF signal processing is relatively new, Burke and Tang are ready to tackle the challenges by combining their expertise in nanometer-scale device fabrication and MEMs (microelectromechanical systems). They believe that merging MEMs and nanotubes electronics will provide the best long-term solution for power-efficient wireless networking systems, on a single chip. The researchers begin their study by working on the filter, which selects the proper frequency among many conversations being broadcast and presents it to the rest of the phone’s electronics. Given the importance of a filter, Burke and Tang thought that it would be the best, although not necessarily the easiest place to start. Currently, the filter is a separate chip, and having a separate chip for a specific function will increase the costs. The team expects the first prototype to be ready within two years and a couple years from that commercialization can begin. Colloidal Quantum Dot Laser for Communication Devices - North America Researchers at MIT report that they have created an optically-pumped quantum dot laser that uses a colloidal, rather than an epitaxial approach. The discovery may make quantum dot-based lasers a more viable approach for practical applications. 80 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies Quantum dots are structures of semiconductor material about 180 nm in diameter. Common quantum dot structures are made of materials such as InAs, InP, and CdSe. The photon-emitting crystals, just a few hundred atoms in size, may one day form the basic building block of a new generation of light-based computing and communication devices. Just under two years ago, Bawendi and colleagues at MIT and at Los Alamos National Lab, established theoretically that closely packed solids comprised of nanocrystal quantum dots could offer the necessary performance for efficient emission of laser light. Due to their tiny size (being practically one-dimensional), a quantum dot device can be tuned to emit very specific wavelengths of light, making them of interest for a variety of phontonics applications. In the past, quantum dot laser technologies have been primarily based either on a self-assembly approach or on an epitaxial deposition approach, in which thin layers of semiconducting material are deposited in precise positions. In the current work, nanocrystals of organically-coated CdSe are suspended in a glassy film coating using standard solution-based methods. This gain medium is then mounted on a waveguide combined with a grating. According to the authors, this colloidal approach makes the materials much easier to produce and work with. There are many approaches available for tuning such a device. The wavelength of light emitted can be altered by changing the properties of either the grating, the waveguide, or the size of the nanocrystal particles in the gain medium. As predicted for quantum dot-based lasers, the device can operate effectively over a wide range of temperatures - in this case, ranging from 80 K to room temperature. Ruby Slows Light - North America Researchers have found that lasers and a ruby crystal can be used to create slow light at room temperature; a finding that could have applications for a number of technologies. Control of the transmission of light is a key tool needed for the success of a variety of technologies. "Controllable optical delay lines, optical data storage, optical memories, and devices for quantum information, all could benefit from this work," said Robert Boyd of the Institute of Optics at the University of Rochester. The new ruby-based technique is "much simpler than those previously used for generating slow light." In 2000, a team of Harvard researchers reported slowing the speed of light down to about 38 miles an hour by sending it through a cloud of super-chilled sodium atoms in a state of matter called a Bose-Einstein condensate. (The speed of light in a vacuum is 186,171 m/sec) Last year, those researchers and a group at the HarvardSmithsonian Center for Astrophysics, managed to take the work one step further. Using the interaction between two laser beams, chilled atomic vapor (sodium in one case, rubidium in the other), and a magnetic field, they were able to stop light, hold it inside the vapor, and then release it later. Last year, scientists at MIT, the Air Force Research Laboratory, Texas A&M and the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute in Daejon South Korea, reported slowing light down to 45 m/s--and even bringing it to a complete halt--inside a solid crystal of Pr doped Y2SiO5, the first time that light has been D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 81 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies successfully brought to a standstill in a solid. That system needed to be held at a temperature of just 5 degrees above absolute zero in order to work. The technique relies on a quantum coherence effect known as coherent population oscillations in order to work. The effect produces a very narrow spectral hole in the absorption profile of the ruby crystal when it is illuminated by a pump wave from a laser, changing the optical properties when a probe wave is then applied. Boyd found that it was not necessary to apply separate pump and probe waves to the ruby crystal in order to observe slow light effects. A single intense pulse of light is able to provide the saturation required to provide slow light propagation. The ruby crystal was able to slow light down to as low as 57.5 m/s. The fact that the slowing takes place in a solid and at room temperature, the researchers said, makes it especially attractive for potential applications in telecommunications settings. Addressing the Last Mile Problem in Communication - North America Free-space optical (FSO) technologies offer optical capacity, but are typically deployed at lengths under a kilometer for reasonable availability. FSO has a major time-to-market advantage over fiber. Fiber builds often take 6 months to 9 months, whereas an FSO link can be operational in a few days. Millimeter wave technology at 60 GHz is unlicensed due to oxygen absorption and is capable of higher capacity than frequencies at longer wavelengths. However, it is susceptible to outage in heavy rain regions and is thus limited in range (about 400 m or so). A new solution to the last-mile problem uses the strengths of two of these technologies to mutually mitigate each other's weakness. Hybrid FSO Radio (HFR) combines free-space optical and 60 GHz millimeter wave (MMW) technologies to provide, for the first time, a true carrier grade (99.999%) wireless, and redundant, unlicensed system capable of ranges greater than 1 km in all weather conditions. HFR is poised to be the disruptive technology that will help carriers liquidate bandwidth assets currently locked in fiber networks. Harris Corporation has developed a method and apparatus for a free space optical nonprocessing satellite transponder that includes the step of receiving a phase modulated optical communication signal in a satellite. HRL Laboratories has developed a combination RF and optical beam steerer. It comprises an optically transparent substrate having first and second major surfaces, the first surface having disposed an array of conductive elements associated with a radio frequency beam steerer and the second surface having an array of elements disposed, associated with an optical beam steerer. TRW Inc has developed an optical communication system using a radio frequency (RF) signal for communicating an analog communication signal. It comprises of an optical transmitter and receiver. The transmitter generates a reference light beam that is shifted in frequency by the RF frequency, responds to the analog communication signal and produces a communication light beam having a phase modulation corresponding to the analog communication signal. Raytheon’s invention relates to reception of electromagnetic signals by an array of antenna elements connecting with 82 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies respective receiving circuits and, more particularly, to the use of optical fibers for communicating received signals and for energizing the receiving circuits. Use Gold Nanocrystal as RFID Inks - North America Radio frequency identification (RFID) is one of the emerging automation technologies that gets a lot of attention these days. Currently, RFID tags cost between 20 cents and $1, which is high. Researchers are trying to reduce the cost of these tags, so that this technology can be used in all products across supply chains, manufacturing processes, and other emerging applications. The other drawback of RFID is size. Compared to barcodes, RFID tags are bigger and less practical. This is because tags have both active and passive components, while barcodes have only passive components. A multidisciplinary research group of chemical, electrical, and mechanical engineers at the University of California at Berkeley have overcome those drawbacks. Led by Vivek Subramanian, the team has developed electronic inks that enable circuits to be patterned onto paper, plastic, or cloth without damaging the material. These circuits include both passive components (inductor, capacitors) and active components (transistors and diodes), forming an RFID tag. The Holy Grail of the system is the production of gold nanocrystals that are only 20 atoms wide and melt at 100 degrees C. These are encapsulated in an alkanethiol and dispersed in ink. An inkjet printer is used to deposit the ink on a surface in the desired circuit pattern. The heat of the printing process dries the alkanethiol, leaving a highly conductive gold pattern on the surface. Given the small amount of gold needed, the system is predicted to be relatively inexpensive. Subramanian’s target is to develop a system that adds less than half a cent to current product packaging costs. For now, RFID is used mostly in supply chain management (SCM) as well as asset and baggage tracking. However, manufacturers have begun to realize the advantage of using RFID technology in SCM to track assets both in warehouse inventory and in transit. Devices that use RFID technology help logistics managers to scan and communicate the location of products. They also help in checking the inventory of a particular product. Tags can be programmed to have adequate information about the object including date and place of manufacture. Companies can use these tags to prevent theft, reduce errors, and get first-hand information regarding products being shipped. Subramanian’s next goal is to add some programmability to the tags. Therefore, he is working on adding memory to the tags. At the same time, he is also developing high-quality printable transistors that are resistant to corrosive oxygen and moisture. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 83 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies This Tag Will Self Destruct in 30 Seconds - The Netherlands Two months ago, Royal Philips Electronics announced that its radio frequency identification (RFID) circuits-an electronic bar code that can be implanted in an object and then read at a distance through a radio-based challenge/response transmission--would be used by clothing manufacturer Benetton to tag clothing in its Sisley brand line. The announcement, which came on the heels of an order for 500 million passive RFID tags by Gillette, the maker of personal care products such as razors, was seen as a sign that RFID was perhaps ready to enter the consumer market in a big way. In a retail environment, RFID tags could allow advanced inventory control systems known as smart shelves. Such technology could alert store staff when stocks become low or are being stolen, as well as enable automatic re-ordering of products. After the announcement from Philips, however, a campaign by concerned privacy groups caused Benetton to issue a statement saying that "no microchips (smart labels) are present in the more than 100 million garments produced and sold throughout the world under its brand names," and that "no feasibility studies have yet been undertaken with a view to the possible industrial introduction of this technology." Members of the groups were concerned that the tag chips would remain active even after the clothing was purchased, and could potentially be used to track or identify individuals. In a technological solution to this problem, researchers at the Auto-ID Center--a consortium of three universities and many companies involved in RFID technologies--have come up with a way to permanently disable the tags using a self-destruct command. Under the specifications for a type of RFID known as EBC (electronic bar code), the tags can kill themselves. The "transponders also implement a password-protected self destruct command, that enables the owner of the tag to electrically and permanently destroy the tag," explained Sanjay Sarma, in a report on security and privacy in RFID systems. "It was determined that a secret key must be used to execute the self destruct command; therefore, requiring the destruction of a single tag at a time." Even if the key was broken, steps could be taken to detect and react to unauthorized deactivation of a tag by monitoring for the signals. At least three RFID manufacturers (Philips, Alien Technology, and Matrics Inc) have said that they plan to have tags incorporating the self-destruct feature on the market very soon. RFID Tags on the Rise - The Netherlands Don’t look now, but your shirt may know what color it is. Your tires may know whether they’re sitting in a showroom, or are out on the road. And Fido may know its owner’s address, and provide that information on request. They’re all part of a recent explosion in the use of RFID (radio frequency identification) tags, tiny transmitters (either passive or active) that can be used to aid security, materials tracking, and other identification applications. When queried by a transponder, a tag replies with a low-power radio transmission. 84 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies Earlier this year, International clothing manufacturer Benetton announced that it would incorporate RFID devices into the tags on clothing in its Sisley brand line. The tags, which manufacturer Royal Philips Electronics says are ‘imperceptible to the wearer,’ will be used to encode such information as the clothing’s style, size, color and intended destination. A tag reader can scan the information in the tag remotely, without a line-of-sight to the tag. In addition, multiple items can be scanned at once--allowing an entire sealed box of items to be inventoried instantly. Earlier this year, Gillette placed an order for 500 million passive RFID tags, which it intends to use in a trial of advanced inventory control systems known as smart shelves in stores. Such technology could alert store staff when stocks become low or are being stolen, as well as enable automatic re-ordering of products. Though the basics of RFID technology are well established, there’s still a need for research into improvements. Tire manufacturer Michelin announced earlier this year, that it was conducting fleet trials of tires containing embedded RFID transmitters that could be used to identify a vehicle, as well as contain safety information about the tire’s properties. The company has had to develop its own antenna designs for the project, as off-theshelf systems proved not to work well through the rubber of the tire. In addition, bonding issues between the tag and tire materials required in-house research. Other manufacturers are trying to shrink the tags, as well as find ways of incorporating them into a variety of smart labels and tags. Implantable tags are used in some areas for identification of stray pets. And one company, Applied Digital Solutions, has even developed a device known as the VeriChip, which could be implanted into people to carry health information. FDA Approves Chip Implant - North America The US Food and Drug Administration permitted a Florida-based company to use implantable biochips in humans for "security, financial, and personal identification/safety applications." The agency said in its letter that when used for these applications, an implantable chip would not be considered a medical device that must be regulated by the agency. The ruling frees Applied Digital Solutions to continue the development of its VeriChip technology for human use. However, the agency stressed that if future chips were to be marketed to provide information to assist in the diagnosis or treatment of injury or illness, they could then be considered regulated medical devices that would be subject to an extensive safety review process. The chips under discussion are 12 x 2.1 mm, RFID (radio frequency identification) tags about the size of a grain of rice that can be implanted under the skin of an animal using a simple injection procedure. The insertion takes just minutes, and can be performed under a local anesthetic. A polyethylene sheath around the chip helps the skin bond to the device, holding it in place. Passing a handheld scanner device near the chip causes it to transmit a unique serial number, which can then be looked up in a database for identification purposes. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 85 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Related technologies are currently marketed for pet identification by companies such as Avid, Destron-Fearing, and HomeAgain. Some pet-adoption centers and municipalities require that new pets be implanted with such chips. The company is promoting human chipping for applications ranging from customer verification at automatic teller machines to matching passengers with luggage at airports. Although the company has previously mentioned medical applications for their technology (such as identification of wandering Alzheimer’s patients, or keeping track of drug-prescription histories in hospital records as a sort of cyber medic alert bracelet, FDA (Food and Drug Administration) officials have expressed concern about marketing the device for such uses. Integrate RFID with Other Applications - North America Researchers at the University of Rochester have found a new application using radio frequency identification (RFID) tags. Traditionally, RFID tags are used to track products, and find use in supermarkets and other applications that involve tracking. The radio tags are built with transponders capable of transmitting unique identification numbers. Radio receivers monitor the tags to track stocks in real time. The team at Rochester, lead by Jack Mottley, an associate professor of electrical and computer engineering, has reversed the traditional radio tags by making the receivers mobile and the transponders fixed. This enables transmission of information at certain points in space. "We reversed the usual application of fixed reader and portable tags to use fixed tags to let a person know where they are," says Mottley. The system, called navigational assistance for the visually impaired (NAVI), has been designed to provide location information for the visually impaired and other applications, such as self-guided tours. The system consists of a set of permanently mounted passive transponders and a reader device carried by the user. Mottley explains that the system tips off an inventory system when a specific item is near; a transponder initiates a particular CD track when a playback device comes in its field. This system may be used as an alternative to global positioning system-based schemes for aiding in locationspecific information and other navigational assistance. As the passive transponders get installed in key points such as hallways, "the user will simply turn on the device, make sure the correct CD is installed, and then put on headphones," said Mottley. "As they pass by the transponder the CD player will turn on and play a particular track--say track number 3," he said. The team at Rochester points that developing such a system is economical as the device is made from off-the shelf parts and is easier to maintain as transponders are economical, simple, and durable. These tags do not contain power supplies and are adept in functioning even if they are covered with layers of paint. 86 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Radio Frequency and Optical Communication Technologies The team is devising the system, the size of a normal portable CD player, and is also working on improving the prototype with a longer range tag reader. Mottley says there is need to achieve about a 2 m read range. The system could eventually be used in self-guided tours at places such as museums, and as a way to give people directions in complicated and confusing buildings such as medical centers, according to Mottley. The method could be used in commercial applications within the next two years, concludes Mottley. Detect Biological and Chemical Agents Using RF-Based Biosensor - North America Radio frequency identification (RFID) devices have been long in existence. Retailers and consumer packagedgoods companies are believed to be the largest users of this technology. The major benefit of the technology is that it allows companies to precisely track their inventories and enable the study of consumer preferences. Researchers at Auburn University, are now developing ways to include sensors in RFID tags that can be used to detect biological and chemical agents, creating an effective tool to combat acts of terror. The main focus of the research at Auburn is to develop a biological and chemical agent detection tool that will find application in the food industry. The team at Auburn attaches biosensors to the RFID tags, so that they can instantly alert suppliers and retailers of any potential threats, such as anthrax or other toxins in their products. Barton Prorok and his team are developing the RFID biosensor by coating microscopic structures, on a cantilever less than 100 micrometers long, with bacteriophages--viruses that bind with anthrax and other biological and chemical agents. Typically, when an agent binds with the phage coating, the cantilever generates a signal that gets transmitted to a handheld RFID receiver. The main goal of the research team is to integrate the tiny sensor, a transducer, and a chip on a stamp-sized RFID tag. The device is built in such a way that it can be submerged in liquids such as milk or juice bottles, or at the bottom of a meat package. This research is at an early stage and a bacteriophage-based RFID biosensor will take years of development before it reaches large scale commercial application. Food companies have begun testing the RFID biosensor; McDonald’s largest beef supplier, Golden State Foods, is one. Another company, Fresh Alert has included RFID tags with temperature sensors and timers, to signal when perishables have become unsafe for consumption. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 87 Assessment of Wireless Sensors Wireless Sensor Systems Smart Devices and Sensors The integration of wireless communications with sensors is one of the next big step ahead in both these technologies. The growth of the personal communications market is driving the cost of radio devices down and the quality up. The expenses associated with installing, terminating, testing, maintaining, troubleshooting, and upgrading wiring is also growing. With wiring in some specialized installations approaching $2000/ft, the appeal of wireless systems is obvious. Innovations alone have not brought wireless solutions to the industrial marketplace. The market forces driving wireless technologies continue to offer components that exploit new technologies at astoundingly low prices and high quality. However, many engineers are not yet convinced about the reliability of wireless sensors on factory floors due to deficiencies in radio frequency operations. Generally, when a wireless sensor network is designed for a real-world application, engineers tend to go with a proven product, even though it may have its limitations. Wireless Ethernet and Bluetooth networks are often chosen for applications solely because they are on the shelf and have a history of being effective. Systems scientists will tell you how ultra-wide band (UWB) that has many advantages, was developed for wireless communications and not the factory floor. The industry has established networks of wireless sensors that can operate in a demanding environment and provide clear advantages in cost, size, power, flexibility, and distributed intelligence. Sensor network designs have changed greatly over the last 50 years. The cost and complexity of hard wiring prompted many to embrace bus architectures when they became available in the 1970s. Bus and network topologies significantly reduced the required wiring, and provided an opening for distributed intelligence at the unit and factory floor levels. The shrinking cost of computational power drives the move to distributed architecture. Some organizations have successfully developed components for wireless sensors but haven't been able to produce an integrated sensor that meets the operating parameters necessary for real-world use. Bringing new technologies to bear on sensor design requires an interdisciplinary approach to design that many organizations have been unable to implement. Yet, many have speculated that the next generation Internet will be much more sensory interactive than it is at present. Adding the numbers of sensors necessary to address this demand will bring the sensor D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 89 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies business to new paradigms. Preparing to make this transition today is critical to the long-term success of organizations. Smart Devices and Smart Sensors Smart devices have evolved from the combination of modern solid-state technology and digital communications. Solid-state technology has the ability to integrate complementary trends such as new sensing methods and improved computing capability. There are four main areas where smart sensors differ from standard sensors, by adding functionality: • Process data manipulation • Diagnostic information • Configuration capabilities • Information storage • Digital communication capabilities Process data manipulation lets smart sensors provide added functionality. They can amplify and digitize signals, and the software then conditions the signals. A basic sensor usually does not deliver a linear signal. Linearity, however, is the goal in process control. Smart sensors add value to a system by providing advanced diagnostic information. They are designed to operate under specific physical conditions, and can monitor their environment, and notify the applications when their surroundings approach critical limits. Flexible sensor configuration minimizes the number of different sensors that a user must develop or hold in inventory. With the configuration capabilities of smart sensors, the same sensor type can be optimized and configured for different jobs in different applications. By using a serial communication link to the device, transfer of information can be managed efficiently. Required data is only reported at the time when the information is needed. The combination of smart sensors and wireless communications technologies has lead to the wireless sensor. Smart sensors can automatically adapt their behavior in a certain range under changing internal and external conditions. Self-calibration is one example of adaptive behavior. By using adaptive technology, device lifetime can be extended by the ability to compensate for parameter drifts caused by aging parts. This technology also increases the operational area of the device. The device can adapt automatically to different environmental conditions. Adaptive technology also increases the repeatability and the accuracy of sensors. A new generation of sensors technology has emerged with microcontroller technology and device-level communication networks. 90 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors Standards Existing and emerging standards are making it easier for the transition to ubiquitous wireless sensors. The IEEE 802.11 allowed wireless Ethernet connectivity, giving people their first view of wireless connectivity to the Web. The number of requests for Internet addresses continues to grow exponentially as more and more devices are becoming Internet accessible. The IEEE 1451 smart sensor standard is making it easier to interface sensors to the network. Extensions to 1451 are now being proposed by IEEE committee members to support wireless sensors that can be instantly accessible over the Internet, with controlled access, of course. Some vendors have examined Bluetooth and have decided it is appropriate for their market. The trade-offs made to control cost and improve throughput at the expense of reliability may be a little scary for some engineers. However, engineers are reluctant to discount this technology just because it isn’t ideal. Many can recall the early criticisms of the Ethernet standard. Competing standards emerged for a while, offering solutions that satisfied the hard, real-time constraints thought to be required in industrial applications. Over time, though, the lure of low-cost connectivity and ubiquitous hardware and software options was just too much. What will finally happen with Bluetooth is hard to guess. Applications Markets for wireless sensors currently depend on applications, for which wiring is impossible or too expensive, or where operating and support costs are prohibitively high. These include an environment where sealed compartments are required (for example, vacuum processing chambers or nuclear processing facilities). Others include applications, in which obstacles make wired connections impossible or where the sheer number of sensors makes it impossible to access information on a timely basis. The cost of wiring in a typical chemical plant is around $40/ft. The market for new sensors in these plants is being stifled by the need to run wires to connect the new sensors to the existing plant infrastructure. The market for fully integrated wireless sensors, which can make sensor data available through existing plant backbones, appears to be at about $200/sensor. No one has moved to meet the need for wireless chemical process sensors, such as temperature, pressure, humidity, and vibration sensing devices. New sensors and actuators based on microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) are being devised in laboratories around the world and are providing solutions in specific applications. Many automotive air bag deployment systems, and a new generation of ink jet printers use such MEMS techniques. Attaching wires to these miniature devices can be problematic and introduces failure modes that could be avoided with wireless designs. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 91 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies The Center for Intelligent Sensors in Germany, builds miniature sensors based on multichip modules. Many new miniature sensors are designed with low-mass, low-footprint electronics but require cables to be attached to them. Wireless implementations will eventually make these devices even more versatile. Oak Ridge National Laboratory's (ORNL's) nose-on-a-chip is a MEMS-based sensor that can theoretically detect as many as 400 types of gases and wirelessly signal the level in parts per billion (ppb). Tests at ORNL have confirmed ppb sensitivity for mercury in air with a wireless signal transmitted to a PC receiver for readout. Another example, a single-chip, self-contained wireless temperature sensor can reliably transmit the temperature of the environment over three decks of a ship, and under typical shipboard electromagnetic interference (EMI) conditions. The communications protocol implemented on a chip allows a TV-style remote to be used to program the sample rate, analog gain, and other parameters. The potential for cost reduction, unprecedented flexibility, and power reduction is evident in such single-chip wireless systems. Leading Manufacturers and Key Players Honeywell's complete line of sensors, transmitters, transducers, analyzers, and controllers are ideal for measuring pH, specific ions, conductivity, resistance, salinity, hydrogen purity, gas, temperature, pressure, humidity, moisture, and chemical concentrations. The new DirectLine sensors offer unparalleled savings during installation, start-up, operation, and maintenance. Delphi offers a wide range of sensors and actuators for applications that help optimize powertrain and chassis performance, as well as enhance consumer comfort and convenience. In addition, Delphi's integration expertise provides the foundation for increasing customer value by integrating sensors, actuators, and electronics into multifunctional modules. The Delphi Intellek smart sensors and actuators team has access to all system technologies and resources within Delphi. The systems team experts have united to design and develop nextgeneration systems that can be linked to each other. Oceana Sensor Technologies Inc., Virginia Beach, VA, a high-volume manufacturer of smart, wireless, and network-capable sensing systems, has made advancements in machinery health monitoring and industrial process control using sensors, to boost the evolution of wireless smart sensor technologies for condition-based maintenance (CBM). Oceana has affiliated with two companies: RLW Inc. and Predictive Online Devices Inc. (POD). RLW (State College, PA) specializes in software application development using smart sensor networks for CBM. POD specializes in automated condition-based lubrication and plant-wide lubrication/diagnostic services. James Truchard, CEO and president of National Instruments, spoke recently to a group of the world's top engineers at the Sensors Expo and Conference in Philadelphia. In his keynote presentation, he highlighted the 92 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors potential of smart sensor technology and the critical role that software plays in making it possible for this technology to decrease development time, improve quality, and reduce costs. From testing cell phones to monitoring the production of food and beverages, sensors make up a fundamental part of the manufacturing process. They measure pressure, voltage, temperature, sound, and other stimuli by sending electrical outputs to a computer for analysis. Key Players Crossbow Technology Inc. and Cyrano Sciences Inc. have synergized their expertise and are jointly involved in developing a prototype wireless leak-detection system. While information from their web sites indicates that this system is tailored to detect hydrocarbon leaks in the gas and oil industries, these sensors can also be adapted for measuring chemical vapors or odors in other industrial applications such as food quality, medical diagnostics, and environmental monitoring. Philips Semiconductors has developed baseband solutions in direct collaboration with Ericsson, founder of Bluetooth. Using its world leadership in DECT (digital enhanced cordless telecommunications) cordless telephony, Ericsson has transferred RF technologies seamlessly into the Bluetooth domain. Its advanced submicron CMOS and BiCMOS processes will deliver low-voltage and low-power Bluetooth chips at the volume and price levels that are required for high-volume consumer markets. Moreover, its innovative silicon system platform (SSP) design methodology will give the power to embed Bluetooth functionality into advanced system-on-chip solutions. Wilcoxon's Bluetooth technology is expected to be advantageous in many industrial applications. According to information provided in their web site, their technology is likely to find application in areas, such as cranes, turntables, conveyors, rotating kilns, oil refineries, pulp and paper plants, mines, power generation and distribution plants, water treatment and distribution plants, wastewater treatment and collection facilities, HVAC, and process control equipment. Oceana Sensor has over three decades of experience in sensor manufacturing. Piezoceramic technology is used in all sensor designs to create products that achieve high sensitivity, high resolution, rugged shock-protected operations, broad temperature range, fast response time, and a broad frequency range. The smart devices that Oceana Sensor is marketing are net enabled, which provide easy communication service capability. This facilitates the standard integration capability along with a global accessibility of information. Additional information gathered from their web site indicates that smart sensor networks are capable of supporting fullyinteractive audio and video, machine diagnostics, prognostics, maintenance scheduling, factory automation, and database warehousing. This delivers the capability for asset managers to utilize machinery better, at reduced life-cycle costs without the requirement for a physical presence at any plant. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 93 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments Low-Power CMOS Image Sensors - North America Sensors for commercially available electronic devices may just have gotten smaller. Microelectronics manufacturer Conexant Systems recently introduced what they say is the industry's smallest and lowest-power 640 x 480 pixels video graphics adapter complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor. The device may find its way into devices such as wireless handsets, personal digital assistants, PC cameras, digital still cameras, and other applications, in which issues such as size and battery life are critical. CMOS chips are made using standard silicon processes in high-volume foundries. Advances in normal semiconductor technology can be readily translated into the CMOS imaging chip realm. And so, as chip lithography techniques have improved in other applications, the rewards are moving into the image sensor field as well. Kevin Strong of Conexant’s digital imaging business unit feels that driving down CMOS imager process lithography is crucial to creating smaller, high-optical performance pixels. This allows for the building of smaller and lower-power image sensors. Conexant is also the first in the industry to use 0.18-micron CMOS process technology to accomplish this." Often, additional electronic circuitry, providing capabilities from digital logic to clock drivers to analog-todigital converters, are built in to a CMOS sensor chip using the same fabrication process that creates the sensor itself. Conexant’s chip, known as the Cx20490 sensor, contains an integrated 10-bit analog-to-digital converter and all necessary timing circuitry. It outputs full VGA resolution RGB Bayer data up to 30 fps. The device uses a 3.3-V power source and consumes less than 50 mW at its full frame rate. Though smaller and cheaper than CCD imagers, historically, CMOS imagers have offered inferior video quality when compared to charge-coupled devices. CMOS chips generally have higher fixed pattern noise (FPN), higher dark current, and lack of a high-quality electronic shutter. Still, they are quite popular in many imaging applications, and are quite cost-effective. Conexant claims that the new sensors are manufactured in proprietary high-volume, mixed-signal CMOS processes that deliver superior sensitivity to light and lower noise contribution, than standard CMOS imaging devices. Wireless Sensor Networks to Detect Forest Fires - Australia With the aim of simplifying the present day robot from its complex, monolithic form, researchers at the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO), Australia, have recently demonstrated a low-cost application of a sensor network to navigate a flying robot. Conventional robot networks use a small number of expensive robot-borne sensors. The new model encompasses ubiquitous 94 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors sensors embedded in the environment with which the robot interacts, in order to deploy them, to harvest data from them, and to task them. Using a sensor network (each one capable of sensing and communicating), the team, led by Peter Corke, has developed and implemented a control algorithm that allows flying robots to fly along paths computed adaptively by the network and communicated incrementally to the robot. Each sensor is equipped with some limited memory and processing capabilities, and communication capabilities. The information necessary for navigation control is distributed between the robot and the network. The network contains local data about the environment, and can use this data to generate global maps, while the robot has information about the task it needs to perform, such as monitoring the direction, or spread of a forest fire. Here’s how the robot navigation process works. A sensor network comprising 54 Mica Motes (a type of wireless sensor) is dispersed over a large geographical area. A flying robot--a helicopter consisting of a flight computer, low-cost sensors, a custom inertial measurement unit, magnetometer and a vision system--is tasked to travel along a path across this area to reach multiple locations that may change dynamically. The sensor network computes the goals and the best path that visits each goal adaptively. Also, a simple handheld device can be used to guide humans within the same environmental infrastructure. One useful application for the above process, as mentioned earlier, is in monitoring the spread of forest fires. Sensors are dropped with a flying robot that can localize using GPS (global positioning system) locations beamed down from the robot. Once localized, they sense and propagate temperature levels to compute a temperature gradient for the region. The occurrence of a new fire will be signaled throughout the network, automatically. In addition, the sensor network can also compute a shortest path to the fire, and safe paths for people in the area to exit. Though Corke sees the progress as encouraging, he acknowledges that inter-sensory communication within the network is not perfect, and faults may occur. Future work will focus on gathering data from robot navigation trials and demonstrating sensor-based path adaptation. This work is a collaborative project between the Dartmouth Robotics Laboratory and the CSIRO Robotics & Automation team. Funding was provided by the National Science Foundation (Australia), Office of Naval Research, and the DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) Task Program. Self-Powered Wireless Sensors - North America Companies deploying multiple sensors have often found that replacing dead batteries has been extremely labor intensive and time consuming. MicroStrain, a US company based at Vermont, is developing a new array of sensors which negates the need for a battery completely. MicroStrain’s technology will enable condition-based maintenance, without the need for a battery. These next generation, self-powered wireless sensors rely on D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 95 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies harvesting strain and vibration energies from their working environment to sense and transmit information, wirelessly to a central host. There has been a growing demand for sensors that can wirelessly report data without the need for battery replacement. These sensors transmit information to a central host; and by networking a large number of sensors, low-cost monitoring of the targeted environment is possible. Steven Arms, President at MicroStrain, feels that this breakthrough will not only reduce the cost of sensor applications by eliminating wiring and batteries, it will also expand the types of applications where sensors can be deployed. The sensor is based on a technology that converts mechanical energy into stored electrical energy using piezoelectric materials. This advanced energy harvesting wireless sensing system uses digital radio frequency (RF) communications, node addressing, and time-division multiple access, to operate with low power, distributed through an ad-hoc sensor network. Data from the sensor network is uploaded to an Internet server through a Web-enabled receiver. The energy harvested from the structure or machine, may be used immediately or stored for future use. The project is currently funded by the US Navy, and future plans include leveraging working demonstrations on Navy machines for a range of commercial sensing applications. These include applications such as condition-based maintenance of electrical and mechanical systems, and ship and aircraft structural monitoring. Applications also exist outside the navy, such as in next generation smart machines and smart structures that use wireless communications to report on their health for their whole lifetime. The sensors also have applications in aerospace, medical structures and civil engineering. Watch Your Home Remotely With Affordable New Tools - North America Until recently, PC-based systems for controlling household utilities and security have cost as much as $5000 if built into a new home; a more elaborate installation retrofitted into an existing house or an apartment could cost as much as $50,000. Moreover, these systems were unlikely to offer Web-enabled access. Now, a new generation of products promises at least some Internet functionality at far more affordable prices. Xanboo's Internet Home Management System, costs only $150, plus an additional $10 per month for a Xanboo account. This initial low-cost version is limited to performing security functions, but the company plans to add optional household controls. The Internet Home Management System consists of a controller that connects to a PC through a universal serial bus (USB); a color video camera with a built-in microphone, and motion and audio detectors; a 60 ft camera cable; and software to control the works. Additional cameras cost $50 each; and wireless sensor modules for sound, water, or doors and windows cost $20 each. A single controller supports up to four cameras and as many as eight sensors. To use the system, you must sign up for the Xanboo account, which lets you check the status of things at home through a personalized page on Xanboo's web site. New modules that allow users to turn lights on and off, 96 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors open and close garage doors, and control air conditioning--all from the same web site--are in the works. Setup, including registering online, takes only ten minutes. The individual pieces worked well. However, while most of the sensors communicate wirelessly, the all-important camera module must be hooked up to the controller using the thick cable that is included in the package. Once installed, the camera's motion detector transmits a still image or a 10 sec video clip to the PC and, from there, to the Xanboo's site, whenever a movement triggers a response. Users choose to be notified either by e-mail ,text messages to cell phones, pagers, or wireless personal digital assistants (PDAs). Belkin, a company best known for its printer and network cables, already offers a line of SignalPoint infrared controllers for audio and video systems; the company has introduced cameras for security monitoring, as well. MyCasa Network meanwhile, is seeking a distribution partner for a line of products designed to use home power-line networking, to allow control of household appliances over the Web. Wirelessly Linked Sensors and Machine Controllers - North America The Bluetooth standards are the latest step in the evolution of the wireless world. They promise a way to eliminate all those wires necessary to get your computer to talk to your printer, and enable wireless links between mobile phones and other portable consumer electronic devices. They have even been considered for use in industrial controllers. This was, however, a thing of the future. Well, the future is here. Crossbow Technology Inc. (San Jose, CA), which made a name for itself a couple of years ago with the development of a competitively priced fiber optic gyro to replace mechanical vertical gyros, has developed a wireless architecture based on Bluetooth standards. The architecture will make it possible to use low-cost radio links between sensors and machine controllers. Crossbow Technology Inc. has named its technology CrossNet Wireless. In operation, CrossNet will translate the analog data generated by sensors and send it to network controllers that can act upon the information. CrossNet is not limited by the type of sensor at work. It will work with temperature, humidity, pressure, strain, torque sensors, or any other kind of parameter that needs to be measured. Its limitation comes with devices that create digital output, such as limit switches or proximity sensors. The impact should be enormous, in that it will eliminate the biggest complaint of engineers in setting up data acquisition systems - wiring. The problem of wiring is particularly acute in applications that require frequent reconfiguration. An Application of Wireless Smart Sensors A network of tiny, wireless sensors capable of monitoring the lighting and temperature of a building, has the potential to cut energy costs by billions. Buildings, which use about one-third of all energy consumed in the D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 97 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies United States, could be outfitted with tens of thousands of tiny sensors, all tied into a central computer that would regulate energy usage. During peak hours of energy consumption, air conditioners, ventilating systems, lights, and computer networks would be automatically turned on, then shut off when the demand subsides. Once buildings have basic intelligence systems, passive sensors will be designed to perform more intelligently. The next generation of smart sensors could be sophisticated enough to automatically cut off power supply to certain building systems during specific times of the day. The new smart sensor information technology also possesses the potential for myriad applications. Smart sensors can be designed to monitor all sorts of environmental conditions, such as traffic congestion, air pollution, or magnetic fields. They can be used to mitigate the effects of disasters by monitoring the motion of buildings during earthquakes; to provide better healthcare by monitoring the pulse, blood pressure, or movements of elderly people; and can be used in new distance-education networks for enhancing the quality of education. Sensor Detects Forces in Human Knee Joints - North America A wireless sensor built into an artificial knee replacement is able to sense forces inside a knee joint during normal human activities. The piezoelectric sensor, which was developed by Microstrain Inc. for Scripps Clinic Division of Orthopedic Surgery, collects force data from strategically placed piezoelectric strips placed in the knee. The data is collected by a wireless sensor chip and transmitted to a computer for analysis. Till recently, knee replacements have relied on mathematical models as guidelines for the complex mechanical design behind artificial joint replacements. The data collected from these sensors will now be able to validate these models and provide more realistic versions of the same. The sensor is totally sealed in a titanium housing, which prevents leakage. The system is mechanically robust and can withstand all the various knee movements. The entire system is divided into two parts. The top half of the prosthetic knee is made of conventional polyethylene surface. The lower half is custom-designed by implant manufacturer DePuy Johnson and Johnson. It is made entirely of titanium and includes all the electronics. The unit is hermetically sealed using laser welding. Four metal posts connect the two halves of the artificial knee. These posts have piezoelectric transducers underneath them that sense the local strain in titanium and send the data to an external antenna. A coil is wrapped around the knee, which communicates with the built-in sensor. The chip is powered by a magnetic induction system that requires a bulky external pack. Microstrain engineers are improving the sensing and transmitter systems and making them more compact. They are also developing a wireless piezoelectric-based power system, which is powered by the motion of the knee. The company has some patents on the RFID transmitter design that it is using in the system, and is working on a simpler 98 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors transceiver system. The company is in the process of reworking the same systems for spine and hip applications. Benefits and Challenges Benefits Low Power Usage The main advantage of a wireless sensor is that it has no wires. An external power source requires wires, so these sensors must run on batteries. Another advantage of wireless sensors is low-maintenance costs, so the battery must have a long lifetime. The key to extended battery life is the prevention of energy drain. For the most part, all suppliers have access to the same battery technology, so battery life is a function of how efficient the design is with respect to information conveyed per milliwatt hour of energy consumed. Note that the real issue here is how much energy is consumed, not how much power is used. Approaches available to a designer in managing battery life include power harvesting, power management, embedded intelligence, spread-spectrum process gain, low-power designs, battery technology, diversity, and battery capacity. Some of these interact with other issues, so a systems approach is necessary for a viable design. Power Harvesting The solar cell (photovoltaic) is the most familiar form of a device that harvests energy from its environment. Other designs harvest energy from vibration, temperature differences, electromagnetic fields, and chemicals present. For example, Computational Systems Inc. (CSI), uses a photovoltaic device to recharge the battery in its wireless sensor. Wristwatches have harnessed energy from the wearer’s motion for years. The latest technology from Seiko is being investigated for other uses. Seiko can now harvest energy from the motion of the wearer (Seiko Kinetic), using a miniature mechanical generator, or from body heat (Seiko Thermic), using the Seebeck effect. Embedded Intelligence This approach offers the most significant opportunity for energy management. The amount of data being transmitted directly affects battery life. For example, a sensor that transmits the entire spectrum from an D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 99 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies accelerometer must sustain a higher data rate than one that can intelligently decide if the spectrum is normal and, therefore, may not need to be transmitted. For example, CSI’s wireless sensor monitors electric motor health. The sensor’s embedded intelligence lets it suppress unnecessary status transmissions. The technology implementing the intelligence, though, can drain the battery faster than the transmitter. A new generation of low-power DSP chips offers opportunities for reducing the power required in an intelligent sensor. The techniques described here not only improve battery life but can also reduce the transmission power required for a specified range along a given signal path. This reduces the likelihood of interference, another important attribute for industrial wireless systems. The goal of these systems is to transmit the information with the lowest power-level possible. Another technique for increasing range is to use a multihop network (for example, the Internet). The problem here, is where do you store the routing table? If the node that contains the routing table becomes unreachable, the entire network will be affected. Mobile ad-hoc networking is a technique used to maintain a dynamic routing table. The technology allows wireless sensor networks to be selfconfiguring as sensors enter and leave the network. Because this is a hot research topic, one is likely to see some extraordinary claims from suppliers who are trying to provide the functionality while not understanding the underlying technology. Process Gain This critical technique reduces battery drain in wireless communications systems. In any spread spectrum transmission, process gain can be shown to be equivalent to 20 dB log (chip rate). This means that a design that chips a bit into 100 sub-bits results in a process gain of 40 dB. This is equivalent to 20 dB in power gain at the receiver with no increase in transmission power. However, the act of chipping does draw power, so a sound system design is required. Process gain can’t be used to penetrate an environment dominated by Gaussian white noise. But fortunately industrial environment are usually limited by narrow band, intermittent noise caused by arcs, motors, and lighting. In such an environment, process gain available from the chipping rate can be a significant source of overall system gain. The electronics required to perform the high-speed chipping has been cost prohibitive in the past, but recent innovations driven by the cell phone industry are making new designs feasible. A key parameter here is the energy per bit. The more energy put into each bit transmitted, the simpler the receiver can be. Because the receiver is always the most difficult part of the network to design and build, reducing the cost of the receivers reduces the cost of the network. The more energy per bit, the more likely the bit will get through. Spreading the bit in spectral, temporal, spatial, or polarization domains (increasing diversity) makes it less likely that interference will corrupt the transmission. This is a trade-off with throughput though, because the more energy you put in each bit, the more is the energy needed for the total transmission. Again, embedded intelligence is key because it ensures that raw data aren’t transmitted needlessly. 100 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors Many vendors are selling systems that don’t sample at the sub-bit level. All currently available frequencyhopping, spread spectrum (FHSS) systems are slow hoppers - the rate at which they move from one frequency to another is slower than the bit rate. They send multiple bits on each narrow band channel before they move to the next channel. This results in a system with no process gain, but it does have some of the advantages of a spread spectrum transmission. All direct-sequence, spread-spectrum (DSSS) systems subsample the bits, so they exhibit some process gain. IEEE 802.11 (wireless Ethernet) uses a 11-bit spreading code in the DSSS version, so they sample each bit 11 times. Robertshaw, a maker of industrial wireless products, has a line of products that uses a 63-bit spreading code in a DSSS design. DSSS is inherently similar to a technique used for years in industrial measurements: modulating a DC level to improve the sound-to-noise ratio (SNR) for transmission. In this case, each bit is exclusive-ordered with a high-rate chipping pattern that can be demodulated in the receiver because it knows the chipping pattern used for each channel. Low-Power Design Battery life can be extended even further by using smart antenna arrays. Active power control signals can be used to reduce the remote transmitter power and save battery power, but this requires two-way communication in all nodes. Cell phone and wireless Internet industries are leading the activities in these areas. Anything that reduces errors in transmission can extend battery life because errors often require retransmission of the entire packet. There is a trade-off among bit error rate (BER), transmission power, forward error correction (FEC), and other techniques. Optimizing these parameters improve the likelihood that information will get through, and makes system design critical for reducing power drain and enhancing battery life. The dynamic environment for noise in industrial environment could cause problems as the process continuously reevaluates the need for error correction versus throughput. New techniques allow dynamic allocation of FEC bits. This means the system can achieve higher throughput when noise levels are low and sacrifice throughput only under higher noise conditions. The downside is that packets that are lost will need to be retransmitted. IC design greatly influences the power demands of the system. The critical factor in transmitter design is the ratio between power transmitted versus the power drained from the battery. As more power comes out as RF energy, the more efficient the design is. The operating voltage has an influence, too. The lower the voltage, the lower the energy consumption. Inefficient converters are used to bring the voltage back up, so the energy consumed can actually go up when the voltage is reduced. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 101 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Diversity One of the design approaches used to help ensure a robust signal path is known as diversity. This approach is built on the fact that a spread spectrum signal is inherently diverse. New designs (especially in the cell phone markets) are taking advantage of spatial, spectral, temporal, and polarity diversity. Spatially diverse systems support multiple antennas, so techniques can be applied for directional gain and noise rejection. Spectral diversity is inherent because the signal is spread over a range of frequencies for transmission. Temporal diversity can be obtained using a technique called interleaving. In wireless communications, you can use chip interleaving to improve diversity. Chips (that is, subsamplings of individual bits) are scrambled in a pseudorandom way, transmitted, and then reassembled in the receiver. Because the chips from bit 1 are spread out in time as well as frequency, the likelihood of a noise pulse interfering with the entire bit is reduced. You achieve polarity diversity by using circularly polarized RF transmission signals. Battery Technology The main issue in energy storage is the required maintenance. The initial cost of a cell is usually quite low, but if the sensor must be retrieved and serviced to replace a dead battery, the maintenance cost may be unacceptable. For systems where the batteries are recharged in situ, the issue of time between charges becomes critical from an operational perspective. However, even rechargeables eventually must be replaced. The specification is usually quoted as the number of recharge cycles before failure. Because this is also related to battery capacity, the correct quote will include a graph of battery capacity (in mA hours) versus number of recharge cycles. On the other hand, some devices don’t use batteries at all. The bee chip uses a capacitor to store energy. Most RFID devices harness energy from an interrogating beam and retransmit a radio signal from the energy obtained. These are short-range devices, but they have a long life because they don't need batteries for functioning. Extensibility--Standards and Technology Today, most vendors supply systems accommodate a reasonable number of devices in the same RF environment. The IEEE 802.11 wireless Ethernet standard was the first over-the-air standard available on the market. Cell phone providers, of course, have their own standards, but they’re not available to others. Like most standards, there’s enough leeway that some products meeting the standard still won’t play well together. The Bluetooth standard offers remarkable potential. Although many detractors argue that it won’t be suitable for industrial measurements, it really is too early to dismiss it. A new wireless sensor focus group has been 102 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors formed under Oceana Sensor Technologies’ Bill Nickerson, and Crossbow Technologies is now offering the CrossNet system, which uses Bluetooth with its wireless sensors. Bluetooth will be incorporated in the IEEE 802 standard as IEEE 802.15. Technologically, Bluetooth is an FHSS system (slow hopping) that operates in the 2.4 GHz band with a limited range. It’s designed and marketed for home and office automation environments. It's use in industrial environment has raised some concerns, but with enough pressure from industry, these concerns may be either reduced or eliminated. The IEEE 1451 smart sensor standard currently requires a wired interface. Some of the committee members are considering a wireless physical layer for inclusion in the standard. This would give industrial wireless suppliers a new option. Technology plays a role in extensibility, as well. The number of units that can coexist can be a function of the technique used for multiple access to the RF channel. Techniques used include time division, frequency division, or code division multiple access - TDMA, FDMA, and CDMA, respectively. TDMA requires that each device have an allocated time slot in the channel. Graviton is developing a wireless sensor suite using TDMA and low-power designs. FDMA requires a separate frequency for each device. CDMA is the only technique that allows all devices to broadcast simultaneously on the same frequency with a sufficiently high chipping rate without interfering with each other. Because the CDMA codes are orthogonal, each channel looks like white noise to the others. The limit of the background noise is a function of the system design and results in practical limits in the hundreds of units. The mobile and portable radio research group (MPRG) has published extensively in this area of research. The CrossNet and Centeron (Robertshaw) systems are examples of CDMA systems. Hybrid techniques are drawing interest as well. The critical question that is yet to be answered, is how many devices can coexist without a serious impact on cost or reliability. A new technique, called ultra-wide band (UWB), spreads the signal over 3 GHz using a Gaussian monocycle and pulse position modulation. The technology holds the potential for long-range, lowpower, low BER transmissions. However, the technique has also led to potential interference problems. An ad-hoc working group (UWB working group) has been formed to facilitate research and commercialization of the technology. Moreover, Time Domain Inc., has good papers on UWB technology on its Web site. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is still investigating the potential for interference with other services because the wide-band transmissions are in restricted bands but at low power levels. UWB is not licensed for use in the unlicensed bands, but Time Domain has received exemptions for special products to be developed. Throughput--More is More The cell phone and wireless Internet markets are continually pushing for increased throughput, but the industrial wireless market appears to be a little different. A reliable connection is usually more important than D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 103 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies blinding speed, but those in the industry do care about response time because they need equipment to respond quickly when commands are given. You can address this issue by selecting a higher transmission frequency, a wider bandwidth, or a high-tech modulation scheme. Higher frequency carriers usually allow more signal bandwidth, and therefore more throughput. The industry, science, and medicine (ISM) bands used by most suppliers allow transmissions in the 915 MHz, 2.4 GHz, and 5.8 GHz bands. The push to the higher frequencies is usually driven by the desire for higher throughput. For industrial purposes though, there’s a trade-off. The lower frequencies usually do better in a nonline-ofsight environment, much like those you would find in most industrial settings. The higher frequencies suffer more attenuation with dust, moisture, and people in the signal path. They do offer some advantages in noise rejection though, because most noise sources are in the lower frequencies. The 2.8 GHz band is used for industrial RF heaters (for example, microwave ovens) and can interfere with the low signal levels used in industrial wireless sensor networks. Most commercially available systems are in the 915 MHz or 2.8 GHz bands. Many organizations (including ORNL) are working to gain access to the 5.8 GHz band. The modulation technique used in a communications scheme directly impacts throughput, too. Frequency modulation (FM) has yielded to such advances as phase shift keying. Binary phase shift keying (BPSK) has been the proven standard for most digital transmissions, but lately, quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) is making progress. As the names imply, these techniques modulate the phase of the carrier in ways that can be detected in the receiver. BPSK shifts the phase in each cycle so that a zero or one is determined by the presence or absence of the mid-cycle phase shift. QPSK offers four possible phase differences in each cycle. Mary is the generic term for dividing the cycle into opportunities for phase shifts. As you might imagine, the receiver gets tougher and tougher to design and build. This is a classic trade-off between throughput and SNR. The bottom line of many of these techniques is the number of bits per Hz of bandwidth. The current state of the art is about 1 bit per Hz. Systems performing higher than that are emerging, but they may have other problems because trade-offs had to be made. The critical questions to ask here are what trade-offs are made to get the increased throughput, and are they worth it in your application. Distributed intelligence can be used to reduce throughput requirements without sacrificing robustness. Some technologies (for example, CDMA) are difficult to implement in a low-cost sensor, so most suppliers will opt for the simpler TDMA or FDMA. In volume manufacturing, though, there is little cost advantage of one over another. CDMA would offer a significant technological advantage if it could be implemented at the same or lower cost than the other options. A buyer might then examine the product characteristics, look for the required functions, and then decide if the cost is suitable. If two products are offered at roughly the same cost, you might look to the one with the better performance. The relative weights of the attributes will be a function of the particular application. The critical question is always, what trade-offs were made to get the property of 104 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Assessment of Wireless Sensors interest. Many times, battery life can be extended at the expense of update rate or response time. The range can be increased with increased transmitter power, but that could cause more interference or reduce the battery life. Throughput can be increased, but at the cost of battery life and interference. Proprietary systems may offer the highest performance per dollar in narrow lists of attributes, but using these systems can force you into a situation where extensibility and maintainability are unacceptable. These trade-offs are what make the system design viable; you have to be ready to ask the right questions to understand what the final performance will be in a specific application. Sometimes vendors will quote the battery life at the minimum throughput and transmitter power, but they will quote the range and data rates at a different setting for power and sampling. Let the buyer beware. Challenges Wireless sensors and other wireless products are becoming more readily available, but only a few vendors are offering unique transmitters. Most offer repackaged transmitters from any of the major industry suppliers. The implication here is that the vendor selling the sensor may not be knowledgeable about the radio link in the product. The user can’t count on the vendor for assistance, so the user must become the expert. To help with this, Wayne Manges and Glen Allgood of Oak Ridge National Laboratories outlined the characteristics of an ideal wireless sensor and attempted to provide benchmarks to compare and evaluate emerging products. A profile of the ideal wireless sensor can be described as follows. It should: • Have adequate battery life • Transmit over adequate distances • Avoid electromagnetic interference (EMI) • Provide plug-and-play compatibility with multiple products from multiple vendors • Be suitably small • Be self powered, self configuring, self calibrating, and self locating • Provide a secure (undetectable) RF signal for communications • Have sufficient onboard intelligence to reduce the bandwidth it requires D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 105 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies • Provide a high-bandwidth connection • Connections should be verifiable, with no errors in the transmission no matter how bad the RF environment or how obstructed the RF path might be • Be able to respond to requests for faster scans, activating the actuator, or changing your node address • Above all, the ideal wireless sensor should cost less All these features require technology to support the functions. Performance is tied to design, and understanding the design can help engineers recognize performance potential. 106 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Wireless Security Brief Security Sensitive Data Adoption of mobile terminals such as notebooks and personal digital assistants is growing, particularly in the corporate environment. Alongside this is a trend toward increasing the flexibility of these devices by installing WLAN. WLANs have seen particularly strong penetration in North America and this is being repeated in Europe and Asia. This has brought together concern about the safety of information, predominantly within a corporate building. Data that is proprietary to an organization is private and should be secure, and safe. The LAN was sacred and wasn't connected to the outside world. However, with remote or branch offices, sales forces, and remote employees, there came a large demand for interconnectivity which was achieved through modem for point-to-point connection. So organizations employed T1 lines and the Internet to access corporate information. That creates a fairly large opening to steal or corrupt corporate information. A number of security issues have emerged, principally relating to the ability of unauthorized users to connect to these WLANs, and through them to the wired systems. This happens when an unauthorized person with a WLAN-enabled mobile terminal connects to an access point within the corporate network. The unauthorized person simply needs to get close enough to an access point to establish a connection, which can be outside the physical boundaries of the company. Unlike wired TCP/IP networks, which have standardized technologies such as SSL and IPsec to secure access to sensitive data, the wireless world is in the midst of a multi-year evolution in security standards. Specifications for WEP, EAP, TLS, TTLS, 802.1x, 802.11i and AES have not yet been set. Some of these technologies are available today, and many vendors have implemented proprietary versions (eg Cisco’s LEAP). Some of these standards are still under discussion, and won’t be finalized for years. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 107 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Table 6-1. Key Issues Concerning Wireless Security Ignorance – Harsh though this may sound, many of the organisations that install Wireless LAN solutions are not aware of the security implications. They simply don’t bother to check out the security factors. Defaults – Wireless LAN equipment is typically sold with security features switched off by default. Ignorant purchasers never bother to switch the security on. WEP – The most popular form of Wireless LAN security can be breached using specially configured hardware and software that can crack the algorithm used to encrypt transmissions. Source: Frost & Sullivan Security Measures Organizations can dramatically reduce the risk of being hacked by simply switching on the security settings. While WEP is flawed, breaching it is not a formality. To hack into the network requires highly specific equipment and software which the average notebook user simply isn’t set up for. It also takes a number of hours for the hacker to intercept enough data packets to identify the algorithm being used. Just because someone can make a connection to the network, it doesn’t necessarily mean they can get their hands on sensitive information. They may be able to surf the corporate Intranet, or access the Internet via your network, but if sensitive areas have further authentication and encryption in place they won’t necessarily get in. Some security measures that can be undertaken by organizations to reduce the risks are as follows: • Firewalls: For Wireless LANs to be secure they need to be placed in front of a firewall. Unfortunately many are placed behind one. Users should ask their vendor about distributed firewalls and other similar solutions. • WEP Upgrades: The Wireless Ethernet Compatibility Alliance (WECA), the standards body for 802.11 WLANs and WEP is working on changes that will make the protocol more secure in future releases. The 802.11I standard is likely to be ratified early next year, and available soon after. • Advanced security applications: There are a range of proprietary techniques that can be used. Many increase encryption to 128 bits. Alternatively systems can be installed by which the keys in the clients and access points can be easily and quickly changed. Therefore they are changed frequently, increasing security. 108 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Wireless Security Brief • 802.1x: A new security standard being developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. This is already supported by Microsoft Windows XP and is likely to become more popular over the next few years. Unfortunately, the standards for WLAN security are in a state of flux. The original 802.11 standard includes a mechanism called wireless equivalent privacy (WEP) as an option. It addresses the use of encryption and distribution of keys. Various criticisms have been leveled at the WEP architecture design. As a result, the IEEE has gone back to the drawing board. The IEEE 802.11i task group has been working on a new standard for MAC enhancements for enhanced security. They have also specified the use of the 802.11x authentication framework. In the meantime, some vendors have extended or altered the implementation of WEP in their products. To add to the confusion, Cisco has introduced its own proprietary standard (LEAP), and the Wi-Fi Alliance has promoted the use of Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) for pre-802.11i equipment. Enhanced Security: VPN Overlay Having a VPN overlay and basic security with a WLAN is comparable to having a security guard in the lobby of your building. The guard calls you to let you know that John Doe is there to see you. If you're expecting him, you let him through. But, is he who he really says he is and how would you know until you saw him walk through the front door? A security guard alone leaves a hole in the system. However, if the security guard checks Doe's passport or driver license, there's no way he's coming in without authenticated documentation to prove his identity. To achieve mutual authentication, the security guard could present his/her own passport to Mr. Doe, so he knows he is at the correct building and not about to meet with an impostor. In a sense, this is what enhanced security does with a VPN. Providing mutual authentication through digital identities from the client side and from the VPN side is like a handshake back and forth signaling the validity of the users. To deploy a VPN, the WLAN access point is placed outside the firewall and a VPN gateway is placed between the two. Since the WLAN access point is outside the firewall, it is effectively being treated as an untrustworthy network resource since it blurs the security perimeter. Even if WEP security is compromised, no access to corporate resources is possible without a subsequent authenticated VPN session. Restraints Standard 802.11 security is weak and vulnerable to numerous network attacks. Vendors have failed to deliver interoperable, highly-secure WLANs. Three years after initial concerns about WLAN security, achieving a highly secure enterprise WLAN still remain a challenge. Vendors have succeeded only in confusing the market by offering solutions that are complex, costly to implement, and often cumbersome to support. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 109 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Despite the continued growth of the consumer WLAN market, total revenue from enterprise WLAN sales have recently declined. Enterprises have resisted adopting WLANs due to the immaturity of security and management standards. Although new standards are emerging, the complexity is still too great, forcing companies to postpone WLAN deployment. Despite all the vendor marketing hype, standards remain immature and vendors continue to push their individual agendas. Enterprises must be aware of the complexity that remains in securing WLANs. Organizations will be forced to select a wireless system from a single vendor or take a VPN security approach until standards stabilize in 2005. By 2006, the integration of wireless features into the wired infrastructure will ease operational complexities and enable WLANs to be treated as just another network-access medium. Rogue access points: This happens when clients and/or end users set up unauthorized access points which network administrators are not aware. These unknown access points create opportunities for war drivers. Drive-by hacking and war driving: If a WLAN is exposed, someone with a laptop and homemade antennae can easily hack into a company's network from its parking lot. A number of papers and articles describe these weaknesses and software is readily available to bring the exploits within the grasp of anyone with a notebook and an inexpensive WLAN PC card. Also referred to as war driving, someone can drive through a city to discover exposed networks. Some software even allows users to map the WLAN systems found by correlating with global positioning satellite (GPS) data. War driving is referring to war dialing where hackers randomly dial phone numbers hoping to find a modem to attack. Not enabling the security function on a WLAN: As mentioned earlier, many WLAN access points are shipped with WEP security disabled by default and many network administrators neglect to turn it on. This allows any WLAN-enabled device to connect to the network unchallenged. Please note even if WEP is enabled, vulnerabilities still exist. Loss of brand equity: From a 30,000 ft view, lack of enhanced Internet security could mean loss of brand equity. If a drive-by hacker invades your network, steals private information and reveals this information to the public, the devastating result will be an automatic loss of trust. Bottom line, your company's brand equity is forever tainted, costing you millions. As with all freedom, checks and balances must be in place to prevent abuse. Entrust recommends overlaying VPN technology and using the enhanced identification of Digital IDs for current WLAN deployments. As newer, more secure versions of WLAN security are deployed, these same Digital IDs can be reused. As an added return, these same Digital IDs can be leveraged across multiple applications across the enterprise, which can significantly reduce the time to pay back on the investment. It is also worth noting that the synergies between the VPN overlay on WLAN approach and ongoing enterprise remote access and home office projects will derive additional value from current VPN investments. 110 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Wireless Security Brief The 802.11 standards for wireless networking are vulnerable because it uses radio signals through open air space, as opposed to electrical signals through closed wires. The wired equivalent privacy (WEP) standard, created to address this liability, was supposed to make wireless networks as private as wired networks by using 40 bit and 128 bit encryption. However, there is still the apprehension that the equivalent privacy is not so private after all. With the increase in telecommuting and consulting, IT managers need to be alert to the possibility that employees are transmitting sensitive data over unsecured networks. As a result, the employee's home needs to be at least as secure as his or her office environment. Noteworthy Emerging R&D Developments An Optical Antenna for Improved Wireless Security--United Kingdom Although the use of radio-frequency-based networking and data devices (particularly 802.11b, or ‘Wi-Fi’ type devices) is expanding rapidly in the consumer computer market, awareness that RF-based protocols have security flaws is spreading as well. One of the very characteristics that make 802.11b products popular for networking--the ability for such signals to pass through building walls unimpeded--also leaves those data signals open to being hijacked by unauthorized users. Increasingly, users are turning to computationally intensive encryption techniques to try to harden their wireless communications against attack. A group of British researchers is proposing an alternative method for helping to secure wireless communications, an optical solution, rather than a purely radio-based solution. By developing what the researchers call an ‘optical antenna,’ they believe that they can allow more robust use of optical signaling for wireless data transmission. The device consists of a dielectric, totally internally reflecting concentrator, with a curved receiving surface for capturing signals over a wide filed of view. The concentrator is attached to a filter and a photodetector. The optical antenna can easily be integrated onto semiconductor sensor devices. Roger Green of the University of Warwick’s School of Engineering says, that this optical antenna is so precise that it can search for a signal on just one wavelength of light, and is 100 times more efficient in gathering that signal than any other optical sensor of its kind anywhere in the world today. The company, Optical Antenna Solutions, operating with a patent license from the University of Warwick, demonstrated devices using the technology at the recent Comdex trade show in Las Vegas, Nevada. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 111 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies According to team members, the design is such, that close alignment of the transmitter and receiver is not necessary. Up to a 120-degree angle between the transmitter and receiver can be tolerated by the device. At the same time, however, the setup requires a line-of-sight path for transmission, providing somewhat more security than RF signals. In addition, Green pointed out, an optical signal such as an infrared transmission can be blocked by walls, and stopped by shielding on windows, allowing such signals to be trapped inside a building. One application of the technology could be in secure payment schemes - allowing a device such as a cellular phone or PDA to beam a purchase authorization to a point-of-sale device. The technique could also be used in conjunction with more traditional RF data networking equipment, by providing a secure means of distributing encryption keys for a wireless network within a building. WPA Plugs Holes in WEP The 802.11 wired equivalent privacy (WEP) has been an area of concern for users of wireless LANs. Although WEP can keep casual users from accessing wireless LAN, it is not enough for just corporations who need it, to install them. A key flaw in WEP, is that its encryption keys are static rather than dynamic. Unless the security mechanism is improved, product manufacturers will face declining sales. With a stronger security standard, there can be significant growth numbers in academic institutions. Keeping this in mind the wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) alliance announced a standards-based security mechanism that eliminates most 802.11 security issues, known as the Wi-Fi protected access (WPA). WPA enables the implementation of open wireless LAN security in public areas and universities. WPA provides effective key distribution and enables use across the often different vendor radio cards. Effective wireless LAN security solutions, such as Cisco's lightweight extensible authentication protocol (LEAP), have been in use over the past year, but they provide limited interoperability. In most cases, client radio cards and access points must be from the same vendor, something that doesn't fare very well in public hot spots and many companies that don't enforce a standard desktop. WPA includes both the temporal key integrity protocol (TKIP) and 802.1x mechanisms, which together provide dynamic key encryption and mutual authentication for mobile clients. WPA provides a unique encryption key for each client, thereby thwarting potential hackers. TKIP introduces new algorithms to WEP, which includes extended 48-bit initialization vectors and associated sequencing rules, per-packet key construction, key derivation and distribution function, and a message integrity code. WPA interfaces in companies with an authentication server, such as remote authentication dial-in user service, using 802.1x with EAP. The authentication server stores all user credentials. This function enables effective authentication control and integration into existing information systems. 112 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Wireless Security Brief WPA fixes all known problems with WEP, except denial-of-service (DoS) attacks. Frequent DoS attacks can bring down the reputations and profits of an organization. Until one moves on to the next security levels - the 802.11i standard, customers should implement WPA through upgrades in existing equipment. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 113 Market Impact Analysis Market Analysis Market Dynamics Today, the big question on everybody’s mind is, What's keeping companies from going wireless today? The industry lacks a clear migration path between current wireless data access technologies (2G), which have limited bandwidth, and more-speedy 3G packet technologies. Promising speeds of up to 2 Mbps, 3G technologies support real-time access to sustain high-quality audio/video and other bandwidth-intensive business/consumer applications. However, much of the hardware that operates on current wireless networks may not be supported as 3G infrastructures are deployed. What's more, coverage and compatibility challenges can stem from the multiple digital wireless standards currently used in the United States - time division multiple access (TDMA), code-division multiple access (CDMA), cellular digital packet data (CDPD), global system for mobile communication (GSM) and others. Just as companies jumped too hastily into e-commerce, businesses today also risk the same by implementing isolated wireless solutions with limited back-end integration and business value. Getting the right data to the mobile user in a useable format that is then updated and accessible to others in the enterprise is critical to a successful application. The mobile device, the data display, wireless carrier, and gateway, e-Commerce and legacy systems all have to be integrated and fine-tuned to deliver maximum business value. Wireless access to enterprise applications introduces new and unique security risks, as organizations must consider ways to prevent outside attack on the end-user device, over-the-air transmission technology and connectivity from the carrier network to the business Intranet. The 3G evolution is taking place on three fronts, Japan, Europe and North America. The Japanese have been the most aggressive in their push toward developing this technology because they have the most pressing immediate need. Their demand for cellular service has exploded in recent years, and spectrum shortages in Japan are beginning to limit wireless growth. In addition, the Japanese government's Ministry of Post and Telecommunications has stated that it will only allocate new spectrum for systems that are 3G compliant. As a result, Japanese wireless operators have been setting the pace for international standardization efforts. Japanese telecommunications operators such as NTT DoCoMo (the largest telecommunications company in the D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 115 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies world) and Japan Telecom are focusing on wideband CDMA (W-CDMA) as their preferred technology for 3G services. DDI and IDO, currently cdmaOne (a type of CDMA, also known as IS-95) operators, are promoting wideband-cdmaOne technology, which provides a better evolution path for IS-95. The European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) is developing a European set of 3G standards, called the universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS). The current UMTS proposal, now called UMTS terrestrial radio access (UTRA), focuses on ways that GSM technology can evolve into the 3G by taking advantage of wideband CDMA Technology. In North America, major efforts are under way by the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), a group responsible for public, mobile and personal communications systems standards to determine the evolution path of cdmaOne and TDMA (IS-136) technology into the 3G. CDMA with the support of the CDMA development group (an international consortium of CDMA operators), wideband is becoming the technology of choice. It offers higher capacity and more advanced multimedia services than current 2G CDMA systems. In contrast to W-CDMA, wideband cdmaOne permits cost-effective operation within 5 MHz wide spectrum bands in each direction, an important consideration for PCS carriers in the smaller, narrower D, E, and F spectrum blocks. Wideband cdmaOne is being designed to build upon the exist 3G cdmaOne within the same 5 MHz spectrum band. The Universal Wireless Communications Consortium (UWCC), a trade association of TDMA carriers, is evaluating how TDMA can evolve into the 3G At this time, the air interface preferred by the UWCC is called UWC-136, a hybrid system which incorporates IS-136+ for voice and EDGE. The EDGE air interface is targeted to provide a high-speed data solution that can be deployed in limited spectrum blocks of 1 MHz in each direction. International Comparisons--North America/Western Europe/Asia-Pacific This research service has compared mobile market performance in North America, Western Europe and parts of the Asia-Pacific region with regard to mobile penetration, usage, and pricing. These comparisons have shown three consistent differences in performance between the US mobile market and mobile markets in other countries. First, mobile penetration is significantly higher in Western Europe and parts of the Asia-Pacific region than in the United States. Second, average minutes of use per subscriber are significantly higher in the United States than in Western Europe and parts of the Asia-Pacific region. Third, revenue per minute, a commonly used proxy for pricing, is significantly lower in the United States than in Western Europe and parts of the Asia-Pacific region. Market Environment The foregoing international differences in mobile market performance generally focus on two fundamental differences between the mobile market environment in the United States and the mobile market environment 116 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Market Impact Analysis abroad. The first difference relates to the competitive environment in which carriers operate, and the second to the use of mobile party pays (MPP) rather than calling party pays (CPP) for billing mobile calls. A competitive market environment stimulates mobile subscriber growth and thereby drives up mobile penetration by exerting downward pressure on the pricing of services paid for by subscribers. Paradoxically, however, the relatively high levels of mobile penetration in Western Europe have not been achieved as the result of a more competitive market environment. On the contrary, analysts do agree that mobile markets in Western Europe are both structurally and behaviorally less competitive than the US mobile market, and that this is one of the principal reasons that revenue per minute is significantly lower, and average mobile usage significantly higher, in the United States than in Western Europe. One dimension of market structure is the number of competitors per market. European countries have achieved significantly higher mobile penetration rates than the United States with typically just three to four operators per market. Hurdles to Wireless Deployment Although there is a great deal of enthusiasm today for mobile and wireless solutions, the success of a mobile or wireless initiative goes far beyond the initial novelty of the technology or elegance of the solution. The true success of the project will be based on the day-to-day experiences of two of IT’s main constituencies: end users and business managers. The final costs and benefits of the deployment will be determined by how well the project meets the needs of these two groups. Five hurdles to successful mobile and wireless deployments Complexities of wireless and mobile technologies increase the possibility of failure in any one of these areas, due to a number of unique challenges posed by mobile and wireless devices. Understanding and adapting to these constraints is key to the success of mobile projects. Some of the most pressing challenges are outlined below. • Complexity of the technology base • Insufficient security and control • Remote management and support • Handheld device limitations • Limitations of wireless computing D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 117 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Unlike today’s PC/LAN (and even WAN) environment, mobile and wireless technologies comprise a patchwork of different technologies, standards and works in-progress. This complexity is most evident in the following areas. Devices While enterprise desktop systems are relatively standardized, wireless devices come in many forms, are manufactured by multiple vendors and run on many different operating systems. Pocket PC, Windows CE, Palm OS, RIM and RIM/J2ME often must be supported in some combination. Vendors of wireless-capable devices include HP, Palm, Sony, Kyocera, Samsung, Handspring and Research in Motion, to name a few. In addition, while some of these combinations are similar, no two configurations have identical management interfaces. Further complicating the situation, each operating system and hardware vendor continue to release new versions of hardware, software, device drivers and applications. Networks and Standards Unlike the PC environment, which has standardized on Ethernet and TCP/IP connectivity throughout the LAN and WAN, wireless networks are more diverse and require relationships with multiple service providers to achieve nationwide coverage. Wireless network technologies encompass multiple connection standards (eg CDMA, GPRS, 802.11b, 802.11a and 802.11g) and evolving security standards (WEP, LEAP, TLS, TTLS, 802.1x, 802.11I, etc.), all made more difficult by vendor-to-vendor hardware and software incompatibilities. For wireless LANs, 802.11b, 802.11a, and 802.11g are in place or coming soon. Wireless WAN coverage entails a patchwork of network types and carrier coverage maps. Today, Mobitex is used for RIM/Blackberry and Palm VII devices; CDPD provides wireless Internet connectivity for other PDAs and laptops. Neither network has complete nationwide coverage or full TCP/IP support. Nationwide CDPD coverage requires the use of the AT&T Wireless, Verizon Wireless and Cingular Wireless networks. Mobitex coverage is provided by a single carrier, Cingular Wireless, but provides the slowest connections and has limited coverage. A typical enterprise will need to use multiple networks and multiple carriers to support their mobile work force. Even if a single primary carrier is selected, roaming agreements will increase cost and require some knowledge of other carriers to troubleshoot and resolve problems. Network Service Plans With wireless computing, public network services (both WLANs and WWANs) play a critical role in the overall enterprise operation. Mobile operators and carriers provide and market different service plans, which will change from time to time. These service plans are associated with individual users or specific devices, so 118 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Market Impact Analysis different types of users may require different types of service plans. These factors present a serious and ongoing management challenge to IT organizations. Many enterprises will likely select a single vendor and set of standards for devices, connectivity, and services, or face the challenge of integrating, managing and supporting incompatible software and hardware components from a range of vendors. However, even when a single platform is selected, the enterprise will face incompatibilities, as new versions of hardware, software, and firmware are released. Many enterprises already have a variety of hardware and software deployed by IT, by departments or by individual end users, and will also face the issue of integrating their current installed base with new technologies, even if a corporate standard is used for new deployments. This can result in extensive manual effort and ongoing high costs. VC Spending Venture Capitalist's have invested in different parts of wireless systems including wireless switches and wireless network software's. Service providers seem to be at the backlog. Venture firms specializing in wireless remain confident about the sector's potential, despite falling share prices, concern over slowing growth and the fact that funding for wireless startups last quarter experienced a sharp decline. Companies working on spectrum enhancement, wireless medical monitoring, transmission clarity, and memory and battery life enhancements for next-generation phones recently have piqued the interest of iSherpa, which holds Digital Reliance, a wireless asset management company, among other firms in its portfolio. Companies that have developed wireless Internet protocol applications are waiting for the networks to exist. The realization that carriers need third-party content to generate increased revenue from their walled gardens is also driving current investment interest, Those in the investment community no longer expect to recoup their money quickly with a high-return IPO. Entrepreneurs too now realize that it takes years not months to build a solid company. The overall market for IPOs should improve this year, analysts say, with stronger offerings from companies that already have demonstrated strong customer growth and are either profitable or a quarter away from the break-even mark. This year also should see a continuation of the trend of large firms buying smaller companies for their technologies, rather than dedicating personnel and money to develop the technologies themselves. Venture Capital Investment trends suggest that WiFi is a market with long-term substance. Venture capitalists are betting that WiFi will be more akin to successful and enduring technologies such as Ethernet than to flameout technologies such as WAP. 'Hot Spot' businesses attracted more than $100 million in venture capital, of which about two-thirds went to Network Operators and the remainder to Network Infrastructure providers. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 119 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Companies providing WiFi Enterprise Applications took in a relatively small 6% of the investment total. The focus of investment in this arena has been voice-over-WLAN systems. Intel Capital was the most active investor in WiFi, with at least 15 private investments during the ten quarters in review and companies in the San Francisco Bay Area attracted the most WiFi- directed venture capital, receiving 43% of the total. Venture firms specializing in wireless remain confident about the sector's potential, despite falling share prices, concern over slowing growth and the fact that funding for wireless startups last quarter experienced a sharp decline. Chipset companies drew about one-third of all investments. Investment trends in this category suggest the market is moving toward combined platforms (802.11 b/g) which favor full CMOS design over the SiGe or BiCMOS systems. The realization that carriers need third-party content to generate increased revenue from their 'walled gardens' also is driving current investment interest. There is also a need for applications designed to help carriers with billing and payment issues are needed. The Bellevue, Wash.-based Seapoint counts half-dozen wireless companies in its portfolio, including Airspan Networks Inc., BridgeWave Communications Inc., NetMotion Wireless Inc., Qpass Inc. and Tesaria Inc. Seapoint expects to cut three or four deals this year, about the same number as last year. In the past, investors felt compelled to act quickly to establish stakes in promising companies. But the failure of so many New Economy business models has created a much more cautious overall investment environment. Those in the investment community no longer expect to recoup their money quickly with a high-return IPO. Entrepreneurs now realize as well that it takes years not months to build a solid company. The overall market for IPOs should improve this year, analysts say, with stronger offerings from companies that already have demonstrated strong customer growth and are either profitable or a quarter away from the break-even mark. This year also should see a continuation of the trend of large firms buying smaller companies for their technologies, rather than dedicating personnel and money to develop the technologies themselves. Even as the economy slumps, there are venture capitalists looking for new and innovative ideas to fund. The money is there for startups and new ventures; it just takes a little more savvy to get it. VC firm brings to an entrepreneur a whole thought process about what's right for your business, what's right for your idea or what's right for your venture. It is not the same for everyone. One needs to weigh different options, which is very important for entrepreneurs today. 120 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Market Impact Analysis Some venture capitalists include: • Amadeus Capital Partners • Apax Partners • Frontiers Capital • Granite Ventures • Highland Capital Partners • Index Ventures • Intel Capital • Nokia Venture Partners • Pitango Venture Capital • Sequoia Capital • Siemens Mobile Acceleration • Siemens Venture Capital • Kokia Venture Partners, • August Capital, • Fidelity Management & Research Company, • Foundation Capital, • New Enterprise Associates D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 121 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Applications Electronic Business Wireless is an extension of e-business. It is an extension of everything that you have on the Web or your internal systems. Now you can access information from almost any place or at almost any time. E-business gives access to customers, supply chains or other capabilities. It takes all the information that used to be locked up in a computer system and makes it available to people. Wireless takes it one step further and makes it available to people wherever they are, any place, at any time. Just as increasing wireline access speeds enabled new capabilities, high-speed wireless access will expand the capabilities of the wireless data applications that exist today. Once higher data rates become widely available and financial transactions over these networks become commonplace, real-time versions of the entertainment applications mentioned above could become reality. Wireline streaming media (audio and video) applications are only now becoming more commonplace, as wireline broadband access becomes more widely available. The same will hold true for wireless versions of these types of applications in whatever form they take. There are five main issues driving acceptance of wireless technology: speed of data transfer, always on capability, cost of service, application usability and application relevance. The global market for small wireless Internet capable devices, including handheld computers, basic microbrowser phones, smart phones and next generation multimedia phones is set to grow exponentially. With advances in technology these mobile devices may become dramatically more prevalent. Mobile phone penetration is increasing; investment by operators in both spectrum and infrastructure are forging ahead and more firms are gearing up to provide services and content to the consumer marketplace. One way is leverage the unique qualities of a mobile devices based on geography and people preference and tailoring services and applications to the consumers needs. Wireless also promises an entirely new method for conducting commerce. Given the level of convenience particularly for small payments, mobile commerce may soon rival the traditional credit card. Wireless services such as vending machine purchases or parking meter payments could become commonplace, offering entertainment or convenience to consumers. Mobile Multimedia Although mobile multimedia services has enormous potential, there are certain challenges that need to be considered before the benefits of such a service can be reaped by both the providers and the customers. 122 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Market Impact Analysis As 3G technology begin to evolve commercially, there will more of mobile multimedia available to the customers. Successful launches of data services, such as i-Mode in Japan and Vodafone Live in Europe, prove the interest for mobile multimedia. The number of operators offering their subscribers mobile multimedia services has grown substantially in 2003, and appears set to grow even more during the years to come. To necessitate further growth, applications and services need to be tailored to the mobile channel. This helps the customers choose and pay for those services which they require. In future, all networks will have a solid foundation in international standards as well as industry consensus on deployment. The architectural design choices when formalized, should take into considerations the following points - personalized services, co-branding, business-to-business relations, tariffing and quality-of-service aspects. The history of mobile telephony has shown very clearly, that in order to create and expand a true mass market, the solutions have to be firmly based on standards, which allow for interoperability in many dimensions. They include terminal-to-network connections to create a thriving end-user equipment market; intra-networks compatibility to create multivendor competition; and inter-operator exchangeability to create a user base that is not limited by the coverage of a given operator or technology. Various End Applications of Wireless Technologies Devices Mobile users can access data services through a variety of devices, including those that also have voice capabilities, such as mobile telephone handsets and smartphones, as well as devices that only offer data capabilities, such as pagers, two-way messaging devices, PDAs, and wireless modem cards. Some PDAs can establish a mobile Internet connection with a built-in wireless modem while others require the attachment of a wireless modem card or a mobile phone. Laptop users can access the Internet while on the move by attaching a wireless modem card or mobile telephone to their computers. Some of the applications that are in use are as follows (i) Paging Traditional paging service consists of one-way data communications sent to a mobile device that alerts the user when it arrives. The communication typically consists of a phone number for the user to call, and can also contain other text-based information. Paging services are offered by paging carriers as well as by mobile telephone carriers. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 123 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies (ii) Text Messaging Text messaging, also called short messaging service (SMS), provides the ability for mobile telephone users to exchange short text messages with other mobile handsets and with e-mail addresses. Text messages are limited to a maximum message length ranging from 120 to 500 characters. (iii) Ring Tones and Personalized Graphics Over the past year, mobile telephone carriers began offering their customers a number of new, entertainmentoriented applications and services to download and use on their mobile handsets. These include ring tones, personalized graphics, games, and the ability to take and exchange digital photos. (iv) Games In addition to text messaging, music, and graphics, another entertainment application that all of the six nationwide carriers and some smaller operators began offering over the past year was mobile gaming. Various card, casino, sports, action, adventure, trivia, and puzzle games are available for users to download and play locally on their handsets or, in some cases, against other players connected to the network. (v) Multimedia Messaging Services Over the past year, carriers introduced the ability to exchange photo, video, animation, and audio files using a mobile phone. These services are often collectively called multimedia messaging services (MMS), because customers are using another medium instead of, or in addition to, text to communicate or convey a message. With mobile photo services, users can take, send, download, and view digital images using their mobile handsets. They are able to send photos to other handsets with image-viewing capabilities or to any landline email address. (vi) Information Alerts Many mobile data providers offer their text messaging users the ability to receive short, text-based, customized information alerts, including news updates, weather forecasts, sports scores, stock quotes, horoscopes, and traffic information, on their mobile devices. Users specify on their carrier's website which content they would like to receive and must own a text messaging-capable handset. The range of available content is based on the number and type of content providers with whom the carrier has an agreement. 124 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Market Impact Analysis (vii) Web Browsing In contrast to information alerts, which push content to mobile users, wireless web services enable users to pull web-based information and applications from the Internet to their mobile devices. Subscribers who connect to the Internet via a wireless modem card attached to a laptop can surf the entire web using common PC browsers, such as Internet Explorer or Netscape. Users connecting via PDAs or some smartphone models are typically able to access most web sites, although some web pages may be difficult to view given the smaller screen size and other constraints of such devices. With mobile telephone handsets, web browsing is generally limited to the web sites offered by the content providers with whom a carrier has a content agreement. Therefore, most mobile telephone carriers allow wireless web users to access a variety of popular web sites and applications on their mobile handsets, but do not allow access to the entire web. (viii) E-mail Most mobile data providers currently offer users the ability to access e-mail messages while being mobile. Email is distinguishable from text messaging in that e-mail services do not have the maximum character limits that text messaging services do. Moreover, mobile e-mail services allow users to access or to receive automatically messages sent to their pre-existing work or personal e-mail accounts. Some mobile e-mail services allow users to access existing, web-based or POP3 e-mail accounts provided by web portals such as Yahoo! or MSN or by ISPs such as Earthlink. (ix) Corporate Server Access Several mobile data providers offer--either directly to individual consumers or to enterprise customers to implement for their employees--the ability to access on a mobile device, company intranets and files stored on corporate servers. (x) Telemetry and Telematics Telemetry and telematics both involve the use of wireless technology to transfer data between systems and devices. Wireless telemetry is the monitoring of mobile or fixed equipment in a remote location. The most common example of wireless telemetry is the remote monitoring of utility meters by utility and energy companies, called automatic meter reading (AMR). With telematics systems, a person in a remote location can access information using various wireless technologies. Telematics is most often used to describe vehicle navigation systems, such as OnStar, where drivers and passengers employ GPS technology to obtain directions, track their location, and obtain assistance when a vehicle is in an accident. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 125 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Although wireless telemetry systems are mainly used for AMR, they can also be used to monitor a variety of other fixed and mobile machines, including health care equipment, HVAC systems, gas and oil pipelines, vending machines, alarm systems, parking meters, streetlights, smoke/fire detectors, factory process systems, and photocopiers. Businesses and consumers can also employ wireless telemetry systems to remotely monitor the location and status of vehicles. Classification Wireless is emerging in many new applications. Some of the traditional applications for wireless have been for voice communications and paging. Now wireless is being used to network computers, to allow remote monitoring and data acquisition, to provide access control and security, and many other such functions. Wireless is an ideal solution for an environment where wires are not possible, such as vehicles and hand-held devices. Most wireless products can be categorized by application, some of which include: 126 • Computer networking • Wireless local area networks (WLANs) • Infrared (IR) ports on computers, printers, and other devices • Radio modems • Remote data acquisition • Personal digital assistants (PDA's) • Radio frequency (RF) modems D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Market Impact Analysis The Benefits of Mobile and Wireless Computing Today’s work force is demanding mobility, flexibility and real-time access to critical data. Many companies are finding the solution in wireless devices that enable their employees to conduct business anytime and anywhere. Wireless access to enterprise applications such as customer relationship management (CRM) and field force Automation are increasing productivity and reducing cycle time. Simultaneously, local area networks (LANs) are becoming mobile with technologies such as 802.11b. While the specific benefits of wireless access are different for each company, they can include: • Increased sales productivity • Enhanced field service responsiveness • Improved customer service • Increased operational efficiency For example, enabling access to real-time data via hand-helds helped one company increase the number of sales calls it could carry out, resulting in a 2% to 3% increase in sales volume. Another firm reported office employee productivity improvements of as much as 22% from the implementation of a WLAN. At Boeing, a WLAN delivers documentation and assembly instructions to workers scattered throughout the factory complex, delivering increased productivity and reducing errors. The benefits of wireless computing are being reinforced by the development of new applications, as well as the extension of existing enterprise applications for wireless use. Additionally, some enterprises are using wireless-specific middleware to extend their own applications and gain immediate benefits. Non-voice services are beginning to play an increasingly important role in the CMRS industry. Providers have created and have begun offering a variety of specific mobile data services, some of which are focused on entertainment, while others are aimed at maintaining a constant yet remote connection to work and office life. The mobile data services currently available include paging, text messaging, information alerts, ring tones, games, exchanging digital photos, web browsing, e-mail, and access to files stored on corporate servers. The following sections discuss these individual mobile data services and include details on what each service entails. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 127 Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Patents and Glossary Patents Transmission Security for Wireless Communications Assignee: Magis Networks, Inc. (San Diego, CA) August 20, 2002 United States Patent 6,438,367 Abstract A method of transmission level security in a communication system comprising, forming a signal to be transmitted over a communication medium; and introducing a group delay distortion in the signal, wherein the group delay distortion will cause sufficient signal energy to be dispersed in time outside of a nominal window of time corresponding to a signal feature of the signal at a corresponding receiver, wherein frequency bin splattering will occur in a Fourier transform of the receiver. The method consists of the steps of, forming a plurality of digital signals representing a symbol to be transmitted over a communication medium, wherein respective ones of the plurality of digital signals are modulated onto respective ones of a plurality of subcarriers according to a multiple carrier modulation scheme; and introducing a group delay distortion in one or more of the plurality of subcarriers, wherein a peak-to-peak variation of the group delay distortion is greater than a guard time interval corresponding to the symbol, such that portions of the one or more of the plurality of subcarriers will be received outside of a time window corresponding to the symbol at a receiver. ******************* Method of MAC Synchronization in TDMA-Based Wireless Networks Assignee: Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (Eindhoven, NL) January 21, 2003 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 129 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies United States Patent 6,510,150 Abstract A method for synchronizing timestamps in a network (eg, a wireless ATM network) that include a control node and a plurality of other nodes that communicate with one another over a common channel mediated by a medium-access control subsystem (eg, one that uses a reservation-based TDMA protocol). At the control node, when a timestamp command is sent from MAC to PHY over the MAC-PHY interface, the current timestamp value at the control node is captured from the MAC-PHY interface. The captured timestamp value is then added by a timestamp update interval, T, and stored to become the timestamp value included in the next timestamp transmission exactly T seconds later. At each other node, when the timestamp command is received by PHY and sent to MAC over the MAC-PHY interface, the current timestamp value at the respective other node is captured from the MAC-PHY interface. The captured timestamp value is then compared with the timestamp value contained in the timestamp command and the difference, if any, is stored in an offset-register. This offset value will later be added to the timestamp counter in a non-time-critical manner under software control before the arrival of the next timestamp command. ******************* Method for Transmitting Multimedia Wireless Data to a Host System Assignee: Sejin Electron Inc. (Seoul, KR) April 1, 2003 United States Patent 6,542,149 Abstract Data entry devices such as keyboard and mouse are widely being used in inputting data to a host system. In general, both of the keyboard and the mouse are connected to the host system via a cable. As a result of the host system and the data entry devices being connected by the cable, key or button data can be transferred to the host system without entailing any loss of data. Unfortunately, however, the use of cable, in addition to being cumbersome, limits the placement of the data entry devices with respect to the host system to its length. Accordingly, a wireless data communication between the data entry devices and the host system has been proposed utilizing electromagnetic waves or infra-reds(IR). The present invention provides a method for transmitting multimedia wireless data to a host system, which comprises the steps of generating a key signal corresponding to a selected key; converting the key signal into a series of data symbols, each of the data symbols having a plurality of chip data, and activating one or more chip data from the plurality of chip data; and converting each data symbol having the one or more activated chip data into an infrared pulse stream and transmitting it as the multimedia wireless data. Further, as a result of activating only a portion the plurality of chip data, the power consumption of the system is lowered. 130 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details ******************* Method and Apparatus for Connecting a Wireless LAN to a Wired LAN Assignee: International Business Machines Corporation (Armonk, NY) April 15, 2003 United States Patent 6,549,786 Abstract Presently available WLANs communicate by means of infra-red (IR), radio or other signals. The main benefit being cabling is not required vis a vis wired LANs. This is a particularly useful feature for mobile nodes such as laptop and notebook computers, PDAs (personal digital assistants), and the like. If appropriately equipped with an appropriate wireless adapter (which includes a transmitter/receiver and control card), such as an IR wireless adapter, the mobile nodes can move around and remain connected to the network, provided they do not move out of range. One method of implementing a WLAN is similar to a cellular phone network system. In this method wireless nodes do not communicate directly with each other, but rather send all signals to a central base station, which then redirects the signals to the destination node. However, in certain situations, it is advantageous to allow each wireless node to communicate directly with other nodes, as is the case in most wired LANs. In a WLAN which permits this, the wireless adapter and controlling software transmit data packets which all nodes within range can hear. This permits transmitting of packets which are received but ignored by all nodes except the one(s) to which they are addressed. This parallels the packet delivery systems of such wired LAN protocols as Ethernet referred to as Peer-to-Peer WLAN. For proper functionality, it is desirable that a WLAN should also be able to connect to a wired LAN. In WLANs using a base station approach, the Base Station can provide such connectivity. However, there exists a need for system which can provide internetworking services between a peer-to-peer WLAN and a wired LAN. In this invention each mobile wireless node is associated with at the most one internetworking node. Each mobile wireless node selects which internetworking node it will associate with. The internetworking node will then act for all wireless nodes associated to it in relaying messages between wireless nodes or between a wired lane and the wireless nodes. ******************* D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 131 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Wideband Wireless Access Local Loop Based on Millimeter Wave Technology Assignee: HRL Laboratories, LLC (Malibu, CA) May 6, 2003 United States Patent 6,560,213 Abstract In accordance with the present invention, architectures and network implementation techniques for a wideband wireless access local loop using millimeter wave band technology provide a high-speed data transfer link between customer interface equipment and access interface equipment. This link serves as a gateway to a network including processing nodes interconnected by a high-transmission rate medium such as fiber optic cable. System operation is based on the use of millimeter wave transceiver/antenna positioned in a close proximity of up to a few hundred meters to allow for the wireless transfer of data to and from local structures without the logistical and financial difficulties associated with rain attenuation, object blockage, multipath dispersion, and high broadcast power requirements. The network architecture is useful for providing a two-way high-speed data transfer system to structures without the need for physical wiring. Data transfer within the network may optionally be either analog or digital, and may be optimized for either two-way communication or one-way distribution. ******************* Authentication and Security in Wireless Communication System Assignee: Intel Corporation (Santa Clara, CA) June 17, 2003 United States Patent 6,580,906 Abstract The invention provides in one aspect a communication system having a wireless trunk for connecting multiple phone lines over wireless communication links to a cellular network. A communication system having a wireless trunk is described for connecting multiple phone lines over wireless communication links to a cellular network. It comprises a central telephone switch, such as a private branch exchange or key system, connected through one or more trunk lines to a wireless access communication unit. The wireless access communication unit comprises a separate subscriber interface for each trunk line from the central telephone switch. The wireless access communication unit collects data from each of the subscriber interfaces, formats the data into a format compatible with an over-the-air protocol, and transmits the 132 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details information over one or more wireless channels to a cellular base station. The wireless access communication unit thereby connects calls received from the central telephone switch's trunk lines over a wireless trunk to a network. A controller within the wireless access communication unit interfaces the subscriber interfaces with a radio transceiver, and assists in the conversion of data from a format suitable for wireless transmission. Authentication is carried out separately for each of the subscriber interfaces, thereby allowing the wireless access communication unit to represent itself as multiple individual subscribers to the network. Upon each initial registration, each subscriber interface derives its own ciphering key from a stored user key and uses it thereafter for encryption and decryption. ******************* Method and Apparatus for Controlling Transmit Power Thresholds Based on Classification of Wireless Communication Subscribers Assignee: Qualcomm Incorporated (San Diego, CA) July 15, 2003 United States Patent 6,594,500 Abstract The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for providing power control in a closed-loop communication system. A base station or base station controller is used to select a method of controlling transmission power to and from a remote station based on a determination as to whether the remote station is fixed or mobile. In a closedloop communication system, a base station exchanges signals with both fixed location and mobile user stations. When a user or subscriber initially registers with the base station, the base station determines a status of this subscriber based on, for example, an electronic serial number transmitted to the base station. The base station compares the electronic serial number to a database (home location register) which determines whether the user corresponds to a fixed station or a mobile station. If the user is a fixed station, then the base station lowers nominal and minimum power level thresholds. Based on the lowered thresholds, the base station thereafter transmits forward link signals to the fixed station at a lower power level. As a result, the base station can increase its capacity due to the lower overall power rate. Similarly, the remote station can adjust its thresholds based on whether it is being operated in a fixed or mobile mode. If the base station determines that the fixed station has moved from its prescribed location, then the base station can adjust its thresholds accordingly or restrict communication of the fixed station. As a result, the base station can increase its capacity due to the reduced power transmission to fixed remote stations. ******************* D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 133 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Method and Apparatus for Controlling Transmitted Power in a Wireless Communications System Assignee: Nortel Networks Limited (St-Laurent, CA) August 5, 2003 United States Patent 6,603,746 Abstract The present invention relates to wireless communication systems in general and, more particularly, to an improved method and apparatus for controlling the power of signals transmitted by base stations and mobile units operating in a CDMA communications system. In this the transmit power of a wireless link is adjusted so that link performance meets a target level, the method including dynamically adjusting the target level as a function of the traffic characteristics of the link. The method consists of dynamically adjusting the target level as a function of the traffic characteristics of the link. It may be executed at a base station or mobile unit. To perform the method, the apparatus or storage medium computes a threshold instantaneous performance parameter as a first function of a measured instantaneous performance parameter, a measured instantaneous bit rate and at least one target error performance parameter; and generates a power control command based upon a second function of the measured instantaneous performance parameter and the threshold instantaneous performance parameter. This provides a smoothing effect of the interference induced to other users and may result in increased cell capacity. Also this is used in a closed-loop power control system wherein the transmit power of a source unit communicating with a destination unit across a wireless link is varied in accordance with measured performance and a target performance parameter. ******************* Method and Apparatus for High Data Rate Wireless Communications over Wavefield Spaces Assignee: WJ Communications (San Jose, CA) August 5, 2003 United States Patent 6,603,806 Abstract The invention relates to a method and apparatus for digital communications that provides high data rate wireless connections with bandwidth efficiency. In particular, the invention provides a high data rate wireless communication between transceivers using a multi-dimensional technique. The creation of multiple channels (that share the same time-frequency region) between the transmitter and the receiver is achieved by sampling 134 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details the wavefield space with respect to the spatial domain. The wavefield space is the space spanned by the channel parameters that characterize the multipath fading environment. At the transmitter, symbols are simultaneously modulated and transmitted using signals that occupy the same frequency portion of the spectrum, but are distinguishable because different is their position in the wavefield space. The received signals are optimally processed to extract the digital information. The optimum demodulator estimates the wavefield space parameters without any training sequence or signal and performs optimum separation of the different signals to obtain the multiple streams. The throughput of such communication system is an integer multiple of the throughput that is achievable at each different position in the wavefield space. Given a perfect estimate of the wavefield space parameters, the maximum likelihood principle is the optimum strategy for detection. When the wavefield space parameters are a-priori unknown, the maximum likelihood detector can not be implemented. The invention describes the use of a focused wavelet-based model in the statistic of the detector which results in an effective approach to wavefield space demodulation without training signals or sequences in frequency selective multipath fading with arbitrarily time-varying fading characteristics. Advantages of the invention include the ability to communicate high data rates from one location to another, where the data rates are in excess of those conventionally achievable. ******************* Method and Apparatus for a Carrier Frequency Control in a Wireless Communication System Assignee: Nortel Networks Limited (St. Laurent, CA) August 5, 2003 United States Patent 6,603,958 Abstract The invention provides a frequency control method and apparatus for efficiently controlling in a wireless system the carrier frequency of a received signal transmitted over a radio link to counteract carrier frequency drifts in the received signal and hence maintain link connectivity. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides upstream and downstream carrier frequency control in a broadband wireless access (BWA) time division multiplex access (TDMA) system formed of a base transceiver station (BTS) and multiple customer premises equipment (CPE) units. At each of the CPE units, the CPE upstream carrier frequency is preemptively adjusted based on downstream carrier frequency measurements to counteract carrier frequency variations in the upstream carrier frequency. For downstream communications, the BTS periodically polls all active CPE units to obtain downstream frequency offset estimates, calculate a frequency correction offset and adjust the downstream carrier frequency accordingly. According to the invention, any residual offset not cancelled by preemptive offsetting of the upstream carrier frequency can be advantageously handled by a conventional carrier recovery loop (CRL) at the BTS. Another advantage is that the preemptive offsetting of the upstream carrier frequency at each CPE unit ensures that the BTS can in fact receive upstream signals more reliably. This in turn considerably improves upstream carrier acquisition performance at the BTS. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 135 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies ******************* Self-Configurable Wireless Systems: Spectrum Monitoring in a Layered Configuration Assignee: AT&T Corp. (New York, NY) September 2, 2003 United States Patent 6,615,040 Abstract A method and system are disclosed for coordinating RF use in primary and adjunct wireless systems which are overlapped or layered in a common geographic area and which share the same the same RF spectrum. The adjunct system includes adjunct base stations defining respective adjunct wireless cells and serving adjunct mobile stations located within the respective adjunct cell. The primary system includes primary base stations defining respective primary wireless cells and serving primary mobile stations located within the primary wireless cell. The adjunct base stations monitor all RF channels and partition them into two sets, a set of channels likely to be interference-free and a set of noisy channels. Once control channels have been assigned to the base stations, the adjunct mobile stations may also participate in the monitoring step by employing the MAHO/MACA features of the IS 136 or GSM Air Interface Standard. The adjunct system forms a pool of interference-free channels for use by all adjunct base stations and mobiles. Channels are assigned to the adjunct base stations from the interference-free set. The interference-free channels left unassigned serve as back-up channels for period replacement of the assigned channels and in case the assigned channels become noisy. A channel not being used by the adjunct system is an non-assigned channel. The spectrum monitoring procedure by the adjunct base stations for non-assigned channels measures received signal strength. If a channel has a strong signal above a predetermined threshold, then it is deemed noisy. If a channel has a weak signal strength, then the adjunct base stations must deduce the likelihood of future interference caused by activity in nearby cells in the primary system. During the operation phase, each adjunct base station, in conjunction with mobile units in its respective adjunct cell, continually monitor the channels and their classification is updated if there is a change in the background noise or in the interference signal strength indicating a change spectrum use by the primary system.The resulting self-configuring system coordinates RF use in multiple, collocated wireless systems sharing the same the same RF spectrum in an improved manner. ******************* High Data Rate CDMA Wireless Communication System Using Variable Sized Channel Codes Assignee: Qualcomm Incorporated (San Diego, CA) September 16, 2003 United States Patent 6,621,875 136 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Abstract A novel and improved method and apparatus for high rate CDMA wireless communication is described. In accordance with one embodiment of the invention, a set of individually gain adjusted subscriber channels are formed via the use of a set of orthogonal subchannel codes having a small number of PN spreading chips per orthogonal waveform period. Variable data rates are generated using a set of different encoder, interleaver, and symbol repetition configurations. An encoder associated with each rate generates a variable number of symbols during each frame period. This variable number of symbols is repeated as necessary to form a constant number of symbols equal to a fixed number of symbols that can be then repeated a fixed number of repetitions before transmission. Where the constant number of symbols is not an integer multiple of the variable number of symbols for a particular rate, a subset of the variable number of symbols is repeated to fill in the remaining symbols necessary to equal the constant number of symbols. Thus, a multi-channel, high rate, CDMA wireless communication system has been described. ******************* Over-the-Air Programming of Wireless Terminal Features Assignee: Cellco Partnership (Bedminster, NJ) September 16, 2003 United States Patent 6,622,017 Abstract Terminal devices for a wireless communication network are manufactured and distributed with predetermined communication capabilities and a minimal operation capability. Each unit includes a substantial memory for plug-in feature programming, which initially is empty. A terminal user selects a desired feature or set of features and contacts a service provider. The provider's equipment downloads software programming corresponding to the desired feature into the memory of the terminal device. The software takes the form of a plug-in module, written to the program interface specification of the core software of the terminal device. When loaded into memory and interfaced through the core software, the module allows the terminal device to implement the desired feature. This allows for features to be sold in predefined packages or individually. Also these features can be added, upgraded or replaced at any time by downloading new feature modules into the memory. ******************* D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 137 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Wireless Optical Communication System and Wireless Optical Communication Method Assignee: Sony Corporation (Tokyo, JP) September 23, 2003 United States Patent 6,623,187 Abstract An object of the present invention is to provide a wireless optical communication system for performing optical communication between a plurality of nodes using light amplitude-modulated by a modulated signal of a first frequency band which can reduce the power consumption for light emission in the nodes and suppress modulated signal components other than the first frequency band among modulated signal components carried by the light, and a wireless optical communication method for the same. A wireless optical communication system can reduce the power consumption needed for light emission by a controlled node and suppress a modulated signal component, other than the modulated signal of input data for transmission, in the modulated signal components carried by the light output of the controlled node. The controlled node includes a transmission device for transmitting input data for transmission by an infrared ray amplitude-modulated by a modulated signal of a first frequency band and a light emission control device for suspending the light emission by the transmission device for a predetermined period based on a data amount of the input data for transmission. The light emission circuit generates a light emission control signal and the transmission device stops or starts the light emission based on the light emission control signal so that the modulated signal component in the second frequency band other than the first frequency band does not exceed a maximum allowable value. ******************* Antenna Control system in a Wireless Communication System Assignee: Sprint Communications Company, L.P. (Overland, KS) September 23, 2003 United States Patent 6,624,791 Abstract Antenna structures for the wireless communication systems are sometimes placed in regions of high consumer density such as cities. Cities offer large consumer populations but also offer many obstacles to transmitting and receiving data. Antenna structures are not always located where coverage is optimal. Moreover, since the antenna structures are normally located outdoors, the antenna structures are subjected to extreme weather 138 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details conditions. Unfortunately, communication outages of any duration immediately result in lost revenue to the service provider. Remotely located antennas compound the duration of an outage. The present embodiment of the invention solves the problem by providing an antenna control system in a wireless communication system. A communication interface transfers a control signal to an antenna controller. The antenna controller processes the control signal. The antenna controller then substitutes an antenna with another antenna based on the control signal. Advantages of the embodiments include providing a reliable wireless communication system that decreases the number of lost calls by increasing the availability of antennas. Other advantages include providing flexible antenna coverage to an area by remotely controlling the antenna through a public communication network by means of a modem. ******************* Data Link Protocol for Wireless Systems Assignee: Lucent Technologies Inc. (Murray Hill, NJ) September 23, 2003 United States Patent 6,625,165 Abstract Often wireless networks are interfaced to one or more wired networks. The various wired networks employ protocols that are unique to them and are often not appropriate for use in wireless transmission. In particular, the wireless transmission requires its own protocols to better deal with the variations and unreliability of the wireless channels. Thus, it is necessary to employ protocol translators to convert between the protocols employed by the wireless networks and the protocols employed by any wired network to which they interface. Such wireless protocols should be transparent to the wired network. The system is able to be employed by systems that utilize dynamic constellation mapping schemes which result in different time slots for the same user being mapped with different constellations, and so they have different bit to symbol ratios.This is because such changes in the constellation mapping scheme are handled at the time slot level, and are not seen at the radio data link packet level. The segmentation of the network layer packets into radio link packets is independent of the number and size of the time slots which will carry the radio link packets. Additionally, the system is able to transmit radio link packets without requiring such radio link packets to be strictly in the same sequence that the data carried by those radio link packets appear in the network layer packet from which the radio link packets were developed. Thus, the system is robust, transparent to the wired network, and often minimizes the amount of re-transmission that is required in the face of errors. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 139 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Wireless Portable Information Storage and Retrieval Device Assignee: Lucent Technologies Inc. (Murray Hill, NJ) September 30, 2003 United States Patent 6,628,940 Abstract This invention provides a user of a cellular telephone terminal with a remotely programmable capability wherein the ease of data entry and organization provided by personal computer input devices and telecommunications applications are combined with the general utility of a portable cellular telephone terminal. In a cellular telephone terminal having increased storage capability, ease of entry and access for data stored therein is provided through utilization of a computer equipped with a modem, a wired telephone network and the cellular telephone network. A user utilizes the ease of data entry implicit to modern computers through dedicated or existing personal information organizers to input data into a database, such as a personal dialing directory, at the computer. For the entering of data at the cellular telephone terminal, first the terminal, also equipped with a modem, is configured in a data download mode where data can be received from the computer and entered into on-board storage. The computer then places a modem telephone call to the terminal, either directly or through a network translator, and transfers the data into the terminal. The data is then accessible through standard data recall techniques using a display and interface keys on the telephone terminal. ******************* Computer Method and System for Management and Control of Wireless Devices Assignee: Dynamic Mobile Data Systems, Inc. (Somerset, NJ) September 30, 2003 United States Patent 6,628,965 Abstract A system and method of operating a computer system that manages and controls wireless devices through a wireless control subsystem Preferred methods according to this aspect of the invention include the steps of providing at least one wireless device connected to a computer, providing a multi-tasking operating system having a base communications API to the computer, providing at least one wireless-related application running on the computer for enabling wireless communications among the wireless device and wireless-related application, and providing a wireless control subsystem to the computer. This wireless control subsystem includes a programming module extending the base communications API through a set of programming objects 140 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details callable by the wireless-related application, and a system module having a plurality of layers of linked programming objects which propagate information from object to object indicative of an occurrence of system level events related to the operation and/or status of the wireless device. The method further includes the steps of communicating the system level events from the wireless device to the system module; propagating information indicative of the system level events through at least some of the layers of objects within the system module; and further propagating the information indicative of the system level events from the system module to the programming module and from the programming module to the wireless-related application. ******************* Multi-Carrier Receiver for a Wireless Telecommunication System Assignee: Northrop Grumman Corporation (Redondo Beach, CA) October 7, 2003 United States Patent 6,631,255 Abstract A receiver for a wireless telecommunications system that provides relatively wideband signal processing of received signals without increased signal distortion so that multiple received signals can be simultaneously processed. A typical receiver for a wireless telecommunications system is disclosed that provides relatively wideband signal processing of received signals without increased signal distortion so that multiple received signals can be simultaneously processed. The receiver includes a specialized LNA, frequency down-converter and ADC to perform the wideband signal processing while maintaining receiver performance. The frequency down-converter employs a suitable mixer, BPF, attenuator and transformer that are tuned to provide the desired frequency down-conversion and amplitude control over the desired wide bandwidth. The down-converter devices are selected depending on the particular performance criteria of the ADC. A specialized digital channelizer is included in the receiver that receives the digital signal from the ADC, and separates the signals into the multiple channels. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 141 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Glossary of Terms A A-Band Carrier: In early 1981, the FCC announced that it would approve two licenses in each market a nonwireline company (which became known as the 'A' side carrier), and a wireline company (the B side carrier). A/B Switch: A feature found on new cellular telephones permitting the user to select either the A (nonwireline) carrier or the B (wireline) carrier when roaming away from home. Access Fee: A special fee that local phone companies are allowed to charge customers for the right to connect with the local phone network. The fee is paid by wireless subscribers, as is a federal 3% telephone excise tax. ADSL: Asymmetric Digital Subscribers Line: Service which allows transmission of high-speed data over standard phone lines, without interfering with regular phone calls. Asymmetric because it provides much higher speeds downloading than uploading. Advanced Intelligent Networks: Systems that allow a wireless user to make and receive phone calls while roaming in areas outside the user’s home network. These networks rely on computers and sophisticated switching techniques. Advanced Messaging: A sophisticated service which allows a wireless user to send, receive and track alphanumeric messages. Air Time: Actual time spent talking on the wireless telephone. Most carriers bill customers based on how many minutes of air time they use each month. The more minutes of time spent talking on the phone, the higher the bill. Affiliate: Companies that assist larger carriers with building out a nationwide network; the affiliate may use the primary carrier's brand name, network operations, customer service or other facilities. Air interface: The standard operating system of a wireless network; technologies include AMPS, TDMA, CDMA and GSM. Alphanumeric: A message or other type of readout containing both letters (alphas) and numbers (numerics). In cellular, alphanumeric memory dial is a special type of dial-from-memory option that displays both the name of the individual and that individual’s phone number on the wireless phone handset.. The name can also be recalled by using the letters on the phone keypad. By contrast, standard memory dial recalls numbers from 142 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details number-only locations. AMPS (Advanced Mobile Phone Service): The term used by AT&T’s Bell Laboratories (prior to the break-up of the Bell System in 1984) to refer to its cellular technology. The AMPS Standard has been the foundation for the industry in the United States, although it has been modified in recent years. AMPS-compatible means equipment designed to work with most cellular telephones. Analog: The traditional method of modulating radio signals so that they can carry information. AM amplitude modulation) and FM (frequency modulation) are the two most common methods of analog modulation. Though most US cellular systems today carry phone conversations using analog, many now offer digital transmission. ANI: Automatic Number Identification. Feature which electronically delivers information about the originating number on a call to the receiving switch or carrier. Some of the information may be transmitted to the final recipient of the call. ANSI (American National Standards Institute): A US standards group. Antenna: A device for transmitting and/or receiving signals. The size and shape of antennas are determined, in large part, by the frequency of the signal they are receiving. APCO (Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials-International): Trade group headquartered in South Daytona, Fla., representing law enforcement, fire, emergency services and other public-safety agency dispatchers and communications employees. ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode): A high-speed, high-bandwidth transmission technology. Authentication: A fraud prevention technology that takes a number of values--including a 26-character handset identifier or A-Key, not sent over the air--to create a shared secret value used to verify a user's authenticity. B B-Band Carrier: In early 1981, the FCC announced that it would approve two licenses in each market—a nonwireline company (which became known as the A side carrier), and a wireline company (the B side carrier). Bandwidth: A relative range of frequencies that can carry a signal without distortion on a transmission medium. Sometimes referred to as a pipe. Base Station: The central radio transmitter/receiver that maintains communications with mobile radiotelephone sets within a give range (typically a cell site). D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 143 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Bent Pipe Technology: Satellite technology to transmit calls from one point on Earth to a satellite and back down to another point. Big LEO: Low-earth orbit satellite system that will offer voice and data services; eg., Iridium, Globalstar. Blocking or Blockage: A condition where congestion within a radiocommunications system or network is so great, due to excess demand from users, that new calls cannot be completed without delay. A busy signal. Bluetooth: The code name for a new wireless technology being developed by Ericsson Inc., Intel Corp., Nokia Corp., Toshiba and IBM. The technology enables data connections between electronic devices such as desktop computers, wireless phones, electronic organizers and printers in the 2.4 GHz range. Bluetooth depends on mobile devices equipped with a chip for sending and receiving information. The founding members listed above have been joined in development by over 700 members including Compaq, Dell, Motorola, Qualcomm, BMW and Casio. Bps: Bits per second is an indicator of transmission speed over a digital system or medium. Broadband: Using a wide-bandwidth channel for voice, data and/or video services. Broadband PCS: Synonymous with personal communications services created in the A- through F-Block auctions and used for voice and data. BTA (Basic Trading Area): A service area designed by Rand McNally and adopted by the FCC to promote the rapid deployment and ubiquitous coverage of Personal Communications Services (PCS) and a variety of other services and providers. BTAs are usually composed of several contiguous counties. There are 493 BTAs in the United States. Bundling: Grouping various telecommunications services--wireline and/or wireless--as a package to increase the appeal to potential customers and reduce advertising, marketing and other expenses associated with delivering multiple services. For example, a bundled package could include long distance, cellular, Internet and paging services. C CALEA (Communications Assistance to Law Enforcement Act): A 1994 law granting law enforcement agencies the ability to wiretap new digital networks and requiring wireless and wireline carriers to enable eavesdropping equipment use in digital networks. (See Issues Section) Calling Party Pays: This service bills the originator of a call to a wireless device rather than the receiver and is more common in other countries than in the United States. However, many US carriers are pushing for calling 144 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details party pays, since it would probably increase minutes of use. Call Quality: A measure of the total quality of a call including the ability to accurately reproduce a users voice, as well as the systems ability to limit impairments during the course of a conversation. Capacity: A measure of the total number of subscribers that can be supported on a wireless network. Carrier: A company which owns or operates transmission facilities and offers telecommunication services to the general public. CATV Means cable television. CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access):A spread spectrum approach to digital transmission. With CDMA, each conversation is digitized and then tagged with a code. The mobile phone is then instructed to decipher only a particular code to pluck the right conversation off the air. The process can be compared in some ways to an English-speaking person picking out in a crowded room of French speakers the only other person who is speaking English.. CDPD (Cellular Digital Packet Data): An enhanced system overlay for transmitting and receiving data over cellular networks. Technology that allows data files to be broken into a number of packets and sent along idle channels of existing cellular voice networks. Cell: The basic geographic unit of a cellular system. Also, the basis for the generic industry term cellular."A city or county is divided into smaller cells, each of which is equipped with a low-powered radio transmitter/receiver. The cells can vary in size depending upon terrain, capacity demands, etc. By controlling the transmission power, the radio frequencies assigned to one cell can be limited to the boundaries of that cell. When a wireless phone moves from one cell toward another, a computer at the Mobile Telephone Switching Office (MTSO) monitors the movement and at the proper time, transfers or hands off the phone call to the new cell and another radio frequency. The handoff is performed so quickly that it’s not noticeable to the callers. Cell Site: The location where the wireless antenna and network communications equipment is placed. Cell Splitting: A means of increasing the capacity of a cellular system by subdividing or splitting cells into two or more smaller cells. Cellemetry: Brand name for Cellemetry LLC's telemetry service, which uses the cellular network to carry data messaging used for remote services such as utility meter reading, vending machine status and vehicle or trailer tracking. Channel: A path along which a communications signal is transmitted. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 145 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Churn: A measure of the number of subscribers who leave or switch to another carrier's service. CISC: CRTC Interconnection Steering Committee. CRTC- created multi-carrier body which negotiates issues related to network interconnection. ClassLink: A program of the CTIA Foundation providing wireless phones to schools for teacher use and student Internet access. CLEC (Competitive Local Exchange Carrier): A new entrant providing local wireline phone service. Cloning: A wireless phone programmed with stolen or duplicated electronic serial and mobile identification numbers. At the urging of the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association, President Clinton signed into law in April of 1998 the Wireless Telephone Protection Act (PL 105-172). The legislation amends the Federal criminal code to prohibit knowingly using, producing, trafficking in, having control or custody of, or possessing hardware or software knowing that it has been configured to insert or modify telecommunication identifying information associated with or contained in a telecommunications instrument so that such instrument may be used to obtain telecommunications service without authorization. CMRS (Commercial Mobile Radio Service): An FCC designation for any carrier or licensee whose wireless network is connected to the public switched telephone network and/or is operated for profit. Collocation: Placement of multiple antennas at a common physical site to reduce environmental impact and real estate costs and speed zoning approvals and net work deployment. Collocation can be affected by competitive and interference factors. Some companies act as brokers, arranging for sites and coordinating several carriers' antennas at a single site. Cost Recovery: Reimbursement to CMRS providers of both recurring and nonrecurring costs associated with any services, operation, administration or maintenance of wireless E911 service. Costs include, but are not limited to, the costs of design, development, upgrades, equipment, software and other expenses associated with the implementation of wireless E911 service. Coverage: The combined geographic footprint of all the cell sites that comprise a wireless system. CPE (Consumer Premise Equipment): Telephones, PBXs and other communications devices located in the home or office. CPNI (Customer Proprietary Network Information): The carrier's data about a specific customer's service and usage. The FCC restricts CPNI use in marketing, banning win-back efforts specifically aimed at high-usage customers who have quit a network. (See Issues Section) 146 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details CRTC: Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, which regulates Canadian telecommunications service providers. CSA: Canadian Standards Association. Organization which develops standards for communications. D Dual Band: Describes a handset that works on 800 MHz cellular and 1900 MHz PCS frequencies. Dual Mode: Describes a handset that works on both analog and digital networks. DBS: Direct Broadcast Satellite. See DTH. Digital: Describes a method of storing, processing and transmitting information trough the use of distinct electronic or optical pulses that represent the binary digits 0 and 1. Digital transmission and switching technologies employed a sequence of discrete, distinct pulses to represent information, as opposed to the continuously variable analog signal. Digital transmission generally enhances the privacy of radiocommunications and facilitates data transmission. Dispatch: Push-to-talk one-to-many communications. A service provide to customers (typically operators of fleets or groups of mobile workers) who want to transmit and receive short messages to and from group of mobile or portable radios within range of a dispatch system. DS-0: Digital Service, Level 0. 64000 bits per second. One standard voice channel. DTH: Direct to Home. Satellite service which broadcasts directly to end-users. Dual-band: A term that describes a wireless device or system that can operate in two different frequency ranges, for example 800 MHz and 1.9 GHz. Dual-Mode: A term that describes a wireless device or system that can support two different protocols, for example PCS and analogue cellular. Dual-Mode, Dual-Band A term that describes a wireless device or system that can support two different protocols on two different frequency ranges. E Electromagnetic Compatibility: The ability of equipment or systems to be used in their intended environment within designed efficiency levels without causing or receiving degradation due to unintentional D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 147 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies electromagnetic interference. Proper shielding of devices reduces interference. Encryption: The process of scrambling a message such as a digital phone signal to prevent it from being read by unauthorized parties. Enhanced Dispatch: Dispatch utilizing digital technology which improves the quality of conventional dispatch and adds additional features including seamless wide area coverage, fast access as well as data transmission and inter-connect capabilities.. ESMR (Enhanced Specialized Mobile Radio): Digital SMR networks, usually referring to Nextel Communications Inc., which provide dispatch, voice, messaging and data services. ESN (Electronic Serial Number): The unique identification number embedded in a wireless phone by the manufacturer. Each time a call is placed, the ESN is automatically transmitted to the base station so the wireless carrier's mobile switching office can check the call's validity. The ESN cannot be altered in the field. The ESN differs from the mobile identification number, which is the wireless carrier's identifier for a phone in the network. MINs and ESNs can be electronically checked to help prevent fraud. Ex Parte: Statements, meetings or filings that are made outside of an official comment-and-replay period. They must be reported and a summary of them made available in the public record. F FCC: Federal Communications Commission. The government agency responsible for regulating telecommunications in the United States. FHMA: Frequency Hopping Multiple Access. A digital transmission technology using frequency hopping in combination with TDMA and low rate digital speech processing to create multiple access trunking. FNPRM (Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking): A document issued by the FCC to spur additional comment on a future commission action. Frequency: A specified band or range within the overall spectrum of electromagnetic radio waves to be used as a channel for sending or receiving communications. In practice, the term is used to describe the rights granted by license from Industry Canada to operate a radio-communications system using that band in a specified geographic location. Frequency Reuse: The use of many low-elevation antenna and/or low-power sites, so that the same frequencies can be reused in numerous sites separated by a defined distance without causing interference. Thus frequencies re-use systems can increase capacity and reuse frequencies more often. 148 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details FWA (Fixed Wireless Access): Also known as wireless local loop. F-TDMA: Narrowband TDMA technology that combines TDMA and frequency division. The mode of channel multiplexing used in Prism using two-times TDMA technologies on 12.5 KHz channel bandwidth. G GEO: Geosynchronous Earth Orbit. Until 1997, most communication satellites have been Geosynchronous, orbiting 42,000 km above the earth at the same speed as the earth rotates, so they appear to be stationary above one point on the surface. GHz: GigaHertz. Is one billion hertz in the frequency spectrum for RF communications. GPRS (General Packet Radio Service): A GSM data transmission technique that does not set up a continuous channel from a portable terminal for the transmission and reception of data, but transmits and receives data in packets. It makes very efficient use of available radio spectrum, and users pay only for the volume of data sent and received. GPS (Global Positioning System): A series of 24 geosynchronous satellites that continuously transmit their position. Used in personal tracking, navigation and automatic vehicle location technologies. GSM: Global System for Mobile Communications. A TDMA-based digital communication standard, which has been widely deployed in Europe and around the world in the 900 MHz band. A variant called PCS 1900 has been widely developed in the 2.0 GHz frequency range for PCS in North America. H Hand-Off: The process occurring when a wireless network automatically switches a mobile call to an adjacent cell site. HandsFree: A feature for mobile phones that allows the driver to use their car phone without lifting or holding the handset to their ear. An important safety feature. Hz: Hertz. The dimensional unit for measuring the frequency with which an electromagnetic signal cycles through the zero-value state between lowest and highest states. One Hertz equals one cycle per second. KHz (kiloHertz) stands for thousands of Hertz; MHz (megaHertz) stands for millions of Hertz; and GHz (gigaHertz) stands for billions of Hertz. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 149 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies I iDEN: Utilizing existing 800 MHz SMR frequencies, iDEN converts the analogue SMR channel to an ESMR digital network. The digital signals, resistant to interference and dropped calls, are more easily manipulated for enhanced system capacity. Developed by Motorola, iDEN systems employ up to six-times TDMA digital transmission technology. ILEC: Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier. The traditional phone company, operating as a provider of local telephone service. Immunity: Immunity has special meaning in a 911 context. No CMRS or 911 provider, its employees, officers or agents is criminally liable or liable for any damages in a civil action for injuries, death or loss to person or property resulting from any act or omission in connection with the development, adoption, implementation, maintenance, enhancement or operation of E911 service, unless such damage or injury was intentional or the result of gross negligence or willful or wanton conduct. IMT-2000: The International Telecommunication Union's name for the new 3G global standard for mobile telecommunications. Interconnection: The connecting of one network with another, e.g. a cellular carrier's wireless network with the local exchange. Interoperability: The ability of a network to operate with other networks, such as two systems based on different protocols or technologies. IS (Interim Standard): A designation of the American National Standards Institute--usually followed by a number that refers to an accepted industry protocol; e.g, IS-95, IS-136, IS-54. IS-41: The network standard that allows all switches to exchange information about subscribers. IS-54: The first generation of the digital standard time division multiple access technology. IS-95: The standard for code division multiple access. IS-136: The latest generation of the digital standard time division multiple access technology. IS-661: North American standard for 1.9 GHz wireless spread spectrum radio-frequency access technology developed by Omnipoint Corp. IS-661, for which Omnipoint was awarded a pioneer's preference license for the New York City market, is based on a composite of code division multiple access and time division multiple access technologies. The company says IS-661 reduces infrastructure costs and allows higher data speeds than 150 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details mainstream GSM or TDMA platforms. ISDN: Integrated Services Digital Network: A service which allows the simultaneous transmission of voice and data conversation over a single connection. ITU: International Telecommunications Union. Special agency of the United Nations, responsible for negotiated international telecom standards and policies. K Ka-Band: Radio spectrum in the 18 GHz to 31 GHz range used by satellite communications systems. Ku-Band: Radio spectrum in the 10.9 GHz to 17 GHz range used by satellite communications systems. L LEC (Local Exchange Carrier): A wireline phone company serving a local area. LEO (Low-Earth Orbit): A mobile communications satellite between 700 kms and 2,000 kms above the earth. LMDS (Local Multipoint Distribution Service): Located in the 28 GHz and 31 GHz bands, LMDS is a broadband radioservice designed to provide two-way transmission of voice, high-speed data and video (wireless cable TV). FCC rules prohibit incumbent local exchange carriers and cable TV companies from offering in-region LMDS. LNP (Local Number Portability): The ability of subscribers to switch local or wireless carriers and still retain the same phone number, as they can now with long-distance carriers. Wireless carriers don't have to offer LNP until March 2000 and want the deadline further postponed. Local Calling Area: The region across which the call is truly local, involving no toll charges. LSGAC (Local-State Governmental Advisory Committee): An FCC-established group that is working on an antenna-siting solution. The LSGAC will advise carriers and communities on antenna siting. Land Line: The traditional telephone services provided over wired facilities. LEC: Local Exchange Carrier. A company which provides local switched telephone service. LEO: Low Earth Orbit. LEO satellites orbit 700-1,500 km above the earth allowing them to provide delay-free communication to low-powered telephones. The first LEO services are scheduled to begin late in 1998. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 151 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies LMCS: Local Multipoint Communication Systems. High Bandwidth wireless services operating at the 28 GHz band. Industry Canada has licensed three LMCS carriers to serve non- overlapping areas across Canada. LMDS: Local Multipoint Distribution Service. U.S. term for LMCS. LMS: Local Measured Service. Pay-as-you-go local telephone service. LNP: Local Number Portability. With LNP, you'll be able to keep your phone number if you change Local Exchange Carriers. M Macrocell: Describes a physically large communications coverage area (5-20 km in diameter). MCS: Multipoint Communications Systems. Applications licensed at 2500 MHz in Canada. A wide variety of applications are possible including one-way and two-way transmission and a diversity of distribution capacities. MDS: Multipoint Distribution Service. High bandwidth wireless communication service, primarily viewed as an alternative to cable TV. The CRTC has granted MDS licenses in some parts of Canada MEO: Medium Earth Orbit. MEO satellites orbit about 10,000 km above the earth. Message Alert: (also called a call-in-absence indicator) A light or other indicator on a wireless phone that notifies a user that a call has come in. A useful feature especially if the wireless subscriber has voice mail. MHz: MegaHertz is one million hertz in the frequency spectrum of RF communications. Microcell: Describes a physically midsize communications coverage area (0.5 + 5 km in diameter). MIN: Mobile Identification Number. A mobile telephone number. MIN/ESN: Combination of MIN and ESN. Which identifies a mobile phone and its billing number. MIPS (Millions of Instructions per Second): Used in defining digital signal processing capabilities. Mobile Satellite Service: Communications transmission service provided by satellites. A single satellite can provide coverage to the whole United States. 152 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Mobile Data: A wireless service involving the transmission and/or receipt of data between computers or fax machines. Mobile Radio: A powerful (maximum 30 watts) radio permanently installed in a vehicle. MTSO (Mobile Telephone Switching Office): The central computer that connects a wireless phone call to the public telephone network. The MTSO controls the entire system’s operations, including monitoring calls, billing and handoffs. MUX: Multiplexer. A device which combines multiple transmissions over a smaller number of communications channels. N NAM: Number Assignment Module. The NAM is the electronic memory in the wireless phone that stores the telephone number and an electronic serial number. NAMPS (Narrowband Advanced Mobile Phone System): NAMPS combines cellular voice processing with digital signaling, increasing the capacity of AMPS systems and adding functionality. NANC (North American Numbering Council): The FCC advisory group formerly responsible for administering the North American Numbering Plan that oversees assignment of area codes, central office codes and other numbering issues in the United States, Canada, Bermuda and part of the Caribbean. NANP administration responsibility was transferred to Lockheed Martin. NANP: North American Numbering Plan. The overall telephone numbering plan for Canada, the U.S., and most of the Caribbean. The NANP defines area codes, telephone number formats, etc. Narrowband PCS: Advanced paging that will provide two-way text transmission and one-way digital voice service. NENA (National Emergency Numbering Association): NENA's mission is to foster the technological advancement, availability and implementation of a universal emergency telephone number system. NOI (Notice of Inquiry): Often the predecessor to an FCC rulemaking, the NOI takes public comment on a general topic. For instance, an NOI would ask "Do interconnection rates need regulation?" The subsequent proposed rulemaking, if any, would offer a specific regulatory scheme and again be put to public comment. NTIA (National Telecommunications and Information Administration): The federal government's spectrum management authority. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 153 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Number Pooling: Increasingly popular tactic for conserving phone numbers. Numbers are returned by all carriers to a central authority, which puts them in a pool, from which carriers receive numbers in lots of 1,000, not 10,000 as was originally done. It relies on local number portability. O Off-Peak: The periods of time after the business day has ended during which carriers offer discounted airtime charges. One-Stop Shop: Describes the all-in-one store where carriers sell wireless, long-distance, Internet access and any other services they are able to sell in that market. Overlay Area Code: A solution to the scarcity of new phone numbers, overlays involve issuance of new 10digit phone numbers for use alongside an area's existing seven-digit numbers, which have a different area code. P Paging: A one-way messaging service (pagers). Partitioning: Parceling a spectrum license into two or more geographic areas. PCS: Personal Communications Services. Mobile communications system interconnected with the PSTN. PCTN: Public Cordless Telephone Network. PDA (Personal Digital Assistant): A portable computing device capable of transmitting data. These devices make possible services such as paging, data messaging, electronic mail, computing, facsimile, date book and other information handling capabilities. PIN (Personal Identification Number): A code used by a mobile telephone number in conjunction with an SIM card to complete a call. Peak: That part of the business day in which cellular customers can expect to pay full service rates. Picocell: Describes a physically small communications coverage area (less than 0.5 km in diameter). PMR: Private Mobile Radio. PMR refers to private dispatch communications systems which belong to organizations operating with their own system and Industry Canada license. Industry Canada will license a PMR organization, based on need and spectrum availability. Typically, in urban areas, only systems with more than 35 mobile and/or portable radios will be granted a license. 154 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Pool Consolidation: The restructuring of 20 private land mobile services into two pools--public safety and industrial/business--during the commission's ongoing refarming proceeding. POPs: A shorthand abbreviation for population. A POP refers to one person living in a population area, which, in whole or in substantial part, is included in the coverage areas. Portable Radio: A compact hand-held radio (maximum five watts). Pre-Emption: A federal agency voiding a local ordinance or state law, asserting that the federal government, not the state or locality, has ultimate jurisdiction on the matter. Prepaid Cellular: A system allowing subscribers to pay in advanced for wireless service. Prepaid is generally used for credit-impaired customers or those who want to adhere to a budget. Protocol: A standard that describes the control functions, tuning and methodology used to operate a communication system. The protocol ensures the compatibility of all systems. PSTN: Public Switched Telephone Network. The regular telephone network. PSAP (Public-Safety Answering Point): The dispatch office that receives 911 calls from the public. A PSAP may be local fire or police department, an ambulance service or a regional office covering all services. PUC (Public Utility Commission): The general name for the state regulatory body charged with regulating utilities including telecommunications. Punch list: The list of sophisticated wiretapping function that the FBI wants common carriers to provide under the 1994 digital wiretap law, but which the carriers say is too costly and may exceed the law's scope. The FCC has been asked to decide whether the industry's standard is sufficient. (See Issues Section) R Radio-Frequency Fingerprinting: A process that identifies a cellular phone by the unique fingerprint that characterizes its signal transmission. RF fingerprinting is one process used to prevent cloning fraud, since a cloned phone will not have the same fingerprint as the legal phone with the same electronic identification numbers. Rate Center: The geographic area used by local exchange carriers to set rate boundaries for billing and for issuing phone numbers. Wireless industry groups decry the rate center concept as wasteful of phone numbers because the concept is issued over larger areas. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 155 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies RBOC (Regional Bell Operating Company): The list of such companies includes Bell Atlantic, US West, Ameritech, Southwestern Bell and BellSouth. Refarming: An FCC initiative to promote more efficient use of the frequency bands below 512 MHz, allocated to private land mobile radio services. Repeater: A base station which "repeats" a transmission over a determined coverage area. Roaming: A service offered by mobile communications network operators which allows a subscriber to use his/her radio or phone while in the service area of another carrier. Roaming requires an agreement between operators of technologically compatible systems in individual markets to permit customers of either operator to access the other's systems. RSA (Rural Service Area): One of the 428 FCC designated rural markets across the United States. RCC: Radio Common Carrier. Company licensed to provide radio transmission services to others. RF: Radio Frequency S Seamless Wide Area Coverage: Communications over a wide geographic area spread across multiple sites with automatic routing of calls from site to site without user intervention. Service Charge: The amount you pay each month to receive wireless service. This amount is fixed, and to paid monthly regardless of how much or how little you use your wireless phone. Site: The geographic location of a single base station or repeater in a radiocommunications system. Multiples sites may be used to provide extended system coverage. In a multi-site configuration with call hand-off between base stations, base stations are located so that the coverage areas of individual stations overlap in order to facilitate continuous coverage over a wide coverage area. Slamming: The unauthorized switching of a customer's phone service to another carrier. Smart Antenna: An antenna system whose technology enables it to focus its beam on a desired signal to reduce interference. A wireless network would employ smart antennas at its base stations in an effort to reduce the number of dropped calls, improve call quality and improve channel capacity. Smart Phone: A class of wireless phones typically used to describe handsets with many features and often a keyboard. What makes the phone smart is its ability to handle data, not only voice calls. 156 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details SMR: Specialized Mobile Radio. SMR refers to commercial dispatch communications networks whereby a number of subscribers use mobile radios in vehicles and/or portable radios which operate on a network of repeaters over a determined coverage area. A message can be sent by one user to all the other users at the same time (ie. one to many communication). This communication format is well suited to the dispatch market. SMS: Smart Messaging Service. A wireless messaging service that involves the transmission of a short text message and its receipt by a wireless terminal, with the wireless system registering an acknowledgment that the message has been received. Soft Handoff: Procedure in which two base stations-one in the cell site where the phone is located and the other in the cell site to which the conversation is being passed- both hold onto the call until the handoff is completed. The first cell site does not cut off the conversation until it receives information that the second is maintaining the call. Spectrum: A term generally applied to radio frequencies. Spectrum Allocation: Federal government designation of a range of frequencies for a category of use or uses. For example, the FCC allocated the 1900 MHz band for personal communications services. Allocation, typically accomplished in years-long FCC proceedings, tracks new technology development. However, the FCC can shift existing allocations to accommodate changes in spectrum demand. As an example, some UHF television channels were recently reallocated to public safety. Spectrum Assignment: Federal government authorization for use of specific frequencies or frequency pairs within a given allocation, usually at stated a geographic location(s). Mobile communications authorizations are typically granted to private users, such as oil companies, or to common carriers, such as cellular and paging operators. Spectrum auctions and/or frequency coordination processes, which consider potential interference to existing users, may apply. Spectrum Cap: A limit to the allocated spectrum designated for a specific service. Spread Spectrum: Jamming-resistant and initially devised for military use, this radio transmission technology spreads information over greater bandwidth than necessary for interference tolerance and is now a commercial technology. Standby Time: A measure of the maximum amount of time a wireless handset can remain on monitoring for incoming calls before the batteries need recharging Subscriber Fraud: A deception deliberately practiced by an impostor to secure wireless service with intent to avoid payment. This is in contrast to bad debt, which occurs when a known person or company has a payment obligation overdue and the debt cannot be collected. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 157 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Switching: The telecommunications computer at the core of the wireless network, where calls are automatically controlled, monitored and handed off from one cell site to another, and in which calls are interconnected with the land line network or other wireless networks. T T-1: Digital carrier system that supports 24 standard voice channels. Often used as a synonym for DS-1. T-3: Digital carrier system that supports 672 standard voice channels. Often used as a synonym for DS-3. Talk Time: A measure of the maximum amount of time a wireless handset can be involved in an active conversation before the batteries need recharging. TDM: Time Division Multiplexing. Simultaneous transmission of multiple signals over one channel, by rapidly interleaving samples. TDMA: Time Division Multiple Access. Time Division Access is a digital wireless transmission methodology used in cellular telephone communications, ESMR, PCS and other wireless communications systems. TDMA assigns unique time-slots in the digital data stream to each user's communication allowing separation and reconstruction of that communication at the receiving end of the transmission link. IDEN, GSM and PCS-1900 (a GSM variant) are all examples of TDMA systems. Telecommunications Act of 1996: Legislation designed to spur competition among wireless and wireline carriers. Signed into law by President Clinton Feb. 8, 1996. (See Regulatory Trends) Telematics: The integration of wireless communications, vehicle monitoring systems and location devices. Termination Charges: Fees that wireless telephone companies pay to complete calls on wireline phone networks or vice versa. Text Messaging: A wireless service that involves the transmission of a short text message and its receipt by a wireless handset pager. 3G Wireless: 3G. The next generation of wireless phones based upon a common worldwide standard for broadband mobile communications. Analog cellular and digital PCS are considered to be the first and second generations of wireless telecommunications. The next generation of wireless technology beyond personal communications services. The World Administrative Radio Conference assigned 230 megahertz of spectrum at 2 GHz for multimedia 3G networks. These networks must be able to transmit wireless data at 144 kilobits per second at mobile user speeds, 384 158 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details kbps at pedestrian user speeds and 2 megabits per second in fixed locations. The International Telecommunication Union seeks to coordinate 3G standards through its International Mobile Telecommunications-2000 project. In early July, the ITU received 10 proposals for 3G systems and iscurrently holding a series of meetings to evaluate the specifications. Triangulation: The lengthy process of pinning down a caller's location using radio receivers, a compass and a map. Tri-Mode Handset: Phones that work on three frequencies, typically using 1900 MHz, 800 MHz digital or reverting to 800 MHz analog cellular when digital is not available. Triple band: A network infrastructure or wireless phone designed to operate in three frequency bands. Trunk(ing): A method which allows for the utilization of frequencies by a larger number of users. A trunked system assigns customer calls to the first available frequency thereby providing faster access to the system and reducing the likelihood of blockage. UULS (Universal Licensing System): The new Wireless Telecommunications Bureau program under which electronic filing of license applications and reports of changes to licenses creates a database that can be accessed remotely for searches. Using ULS, for example, the user can learn all the specialized mobile radio licenses in a given region. UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System): Europe's approach to standardization for thirdgeneration cellular systems. Universal Service: The government's aim, starting in the 1930s, of providing phone service to all, regardless of distance from the switch or ability to pay. Today, universal service encompasses those aims, plus a subsidy to public schools, libraries and rural health care facilities for telecom services. V Voice Activation: A feature that allows a subscriber to dial a phone by spoken commands instead of punching the numbers in physically. The feature contributes to convenience as well as safe driving. Voice Recognition: The capability for cellular phones, PCs and other communications devices to be activated or controlled by voice commands. Voice Coder: A computer based software algorithm modeled after the human vocal cords which converts speech to a digital signal for transmission over a wireless network. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 159 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Voice Quality: A measure of the capability of a system to reproduce a subscribers voice signal with clarity and intelligibility. VSAT: Very Small Aperture Terminal. Satellite dish used primarily for data communications. W W-CDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access): The 3G standard offered to the International Telecommunication Union by GSM proponents. WCS (Wireless Communications Services): Frequencies in the 2.3 GHz band designated for general fixed wireless use. WIN (Wireless Intelligent Network): The architecture of the wireless switched network that allows carriers to provide enhanced and customized services for mobile telephones. Wireless: Using the radio-frequency spectrum for transmitting and receiving voice, data and video signals for communications. Wireless Broadband: Transmission facilities that have bandwidth or capacity greater than that of a voice line. Capable of carrying numerous voice, video and data channels simultaneously. Wireless Internet: An RF-based service that provides access Internet e-mail and/or the World Wide Web. Wireless IP: The packet data protocol standard for sending wireless data over the Internet. Wireless IT (Wireless Information Technology): The monitoring, manipulating and troubleshooting of computer equipment through a wireless network. Wireless Intelligent Networks: WIN. A sophisticated computer based network which, in conjunction with the switching system, allows for the rapid development of enhanced subscribers features and services. Wireless LAN (Local Area Network): Using radio frequency (RF) technology, wireless LANs or WLANs transmit and receive data over the air, minimizing the need for wired connections. Thus, WLANs combine data connectivity with user mobility. WLANs are essentially networks that allow the transmission of data and the ability to share resources, such as printers, without the need to physically connect each node, or computer, with wires. WLANs offer the productivity, convenience, and cost advantages over traditional wired networks. Wireless PBX: Equipment that allows employees or customers within a building or limited area to use wireless handsets connected to an office's private branch exchange system. WPBX systems, for example, include a 160 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details wireless handset that is programmed to ring simultaneously with the desk phone. WLL (Wireless Local Loop): WLL is a system that connects subscribers to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) using wireless technology coupled with line interfaces and other circuitry to complete the last mile between the customer premise and the exchange equipment. Wireless systems can often be installed in far less time and at lower cost than traditional wired systems. WSP: Wireless Service Provider. Any company that provides wireless service but which is not defined (for regulatory purposes) as a CLEC. X xDSL: Designation for digital subscriber line technology enabling simultaneous two-way transmission of voice and high-speed data over ordinary copper phone lines. Y Y2K (The Year 2000): Often used when describing the upgrade of computer systems that must acknowledge the new millennium for billing customers and for other purposes. Wireless Security Glossary IEEE 802.1X: A security standard featuring a port-based authentication framework and dynamic distribution of session keys for WEP encryption. A RADIUS server is required. IEEE 802.11i: An upcoming security standard currently being developed by the IEEE that features 802.1X authentication protections, and adds advance encryption standard (AES) for encryption protection along with other enhancements. WPA: Wi-Fi Protected Access is an Wi-Fi Alliance security standard that solves the encryption issues of WEP by utilizing TKIP, which wraps around WEP and closes the security holes of WEP. WPA also includes the authentication benefits of 802.1X. EAP: Extensible authentication protocol (EAP) is a point-to-point protocol that supports multiple authentication methods. The support for EAP types depends on the OS being supported. TKIP: Temporal key integrity protocol is utilized by the 802.1X and WPA standards for authentication. Designed by top cryptographers it provides a wrap around WEP, which closes the security holes of WEP. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 161 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies WEP: Wired equivalent privacy is the original 802.11 security protocol for wireless networks. VPN: Virtual private network technology offers additional WLAN protection, which is important for critical data. This protects a WLAN by creating a tunnel that shields the data from the outside world. RADIUS: Remote authentication dial-in user service is a backend server performing the authentication using EAP. This is required by the IEEE 802.1X security standard. Participating Companies Company Listing Actisys Corporation ACTiSYS Corp is a leading supplier of wireless IrDA and ASK-IR protocol software, adapters and tester for 115.2k to 4M bps, since 1989. ACTiSYS also provides the USB to IrDA adapters. Details: ACTiSYS Corporation, 48511 Warm Springs Blvd., # 206, Fremont, CA 94539. Phone: 510-4908024, Fax: 510-623-7268 URL: www.actisys.com Agere Systems Agere Systems is a premier provider of advanced integrated circuit solutions for wireless data, high-density storage and multiservice networking applications. Agere's wireless data portfolio enables seamless network access and Internet connectivity through its GPRS offering for data-capable cellular phones, as well as WiFi/802.11 solutions for WLANs and computing applications. The company is the market leader in providing integrated circuits for the hard disk drive market, with number one positions in sales of system-on-a-chip solutions and preamplifiers. Agere also provides custom and standard multiservice networking solutions to move information across wired, wireless and enterprise networks. Agere's customers include the leading PC manufacturers, wireless terminal providers, network equipment suppliers and hard-disk drive providers. Details: Agere Systems, 1110 American Parkway NE, Allentown, Pennsylvania 18109. Phone: 610-712-1728. URL: www.agere.com 162 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Agilent Technologies Agilent is a leading supplier of semiconductor solutions for wired and wireless communications, information processing, imaging, optical positioning, and solid state lighting. Agilent Technologies' Wireless Test Solutions can help you get to market first with your next generation wireless devices. Agilent provides a broad range of innovative wireless test solutions, wireless services, and support for component, wireless device and base station test. Our wireless test solutions enable component and wireless device designers and manufacturers to speed their time to market, and allow wireless service providers to maximize their return-on-investment, while accelerating the delivery of next-generation wireless networks. Details: Agilent Headquarters, 395 Page Mill Rd., P.O. Box #10395, Palo Alto, CA 94303. Phone: 650-7525000. Fax: 650 752 5300 URL: www.agilent.com AirDefense AirDefense is a thought leader and innovator of WLAN security and operational support solutions. Founded in 2001, AirDefense pioneered the concept of 24x7 monitoring of the airwaves and now provides the most advanced solutions for rogue WLAN detection, policy enforcement, intrusion protection and monitoring the health of WLANs. As a key element of WLAN security, AirDefense complements wireless VPNs, encryption and authentication. Based on a secure appliance and remote sensors, AirDefense solutions scale to support single offices, corporate campuses or hundreds of locations. Blue chip companies and government agencies rely upon AirDefense solutions to secure and manage WLANs around the globe Details: AirDefense, 11475 Great Oaks Way, Suite 200, Alpharetta, GA 30022. Phone: 770-663-8115. Fax: 770-453-9601. URL: www.airdefense.net AirLink Communications, Inc Founded in 1993, AirLink is a recognized leader in the wireless data industry. AirLink Communications, Inc., builds solutions that enable enterprises to control and collect data wirelessly from remote assets. AirLink’s core products are the AirLink Embedded Operating System (ALEOS), end-user software for data acquisition and management, and a family of wireless communications platforms. AirLink solutions serve police cars in Maine, tour buses in Hawaii, point-of-sale in New Jersey, gas wells in Oklahoma and remote site security in California, providing two-way management and control of remote assets in real time. Details: AirLink Communications, Inc. , 472 Kato Terrace, Fremont, CA 94539. Phone: 510-226-4200. Fax: 510-226-4299.URL: www.airlink.com D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 163 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Alcatel As a world leader in the high speed access and transmission market, Alcatel is a major player in the area of telecommunications and the Internet. Alcatel provides end-to-end communications solutions, enabling carriers, service providers and enterprises to deliver content to any type of user, anywhere in the world. Leveraging its long-term leadership in telecommunications networks equipment as well as its expertise in applications and network services, Alcatel enables its customers to focus on optimizing their service offerings and revenue streams. With sales of EURO 16.5 billion in 2002, Alcatel operates in more than 130 countries. Details: Alcatel, 54, rue La Boétie, 75008 Paris, France. Tel.: +33-0-1-40-76-10-10, Fax: +33-0)-40-76-14-00. URL: www.alcatel.com AT&T Voice and data communications company, serving more than 80 million customers, including consumers, businesses and government. AT&T Wireless operates one of the largest wireless networks in the United States, offering digital voice services in each of the top 50 markets and wireless data services in over 3,000 cities. Details: AT&T Wireless, P. O. Box 68055, Anaheim Hills, CA 92817-8055. Phone: 877-882-5256 URL: www.attwireless.com Atheros Communications, Inc. Atheros Communications is a leading developer of networking technologies for secure, high-performance wireless local area networks. As an innovator in advanced multi-mode wireless solutions compliant with the IEEE 802.11 specifications, Atheros is driving transparent connections among electronic devices in the office, home and on the road. Details: Atheros Communications, Inc., 529 Almanor Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA 94085-3512. Phone: 408-7735200. Fax: 408-773-9940. URL: www.atheros.com Bermai, Inc. Founded in March 2001, Bermai is pioneering high performance, ultra-integrated chipsets for applications from WLAN to wireless multimedia. Named one of the top 10 private wireless companies most likely to succeed by Technologic Partners, Bermai is delivering a complete product portfolio of innovative single and dual-band systems that support the IEEE 802.11 family of standards. Bermai's designs offer unmatched integration and are optimized to deliver extended range and performance, power efficiency, and flexibility at a significant cost advantage. These ultra-integrated solutions greatly simplify product development and enable wireless equipment manufacturers to build high-performance products faster and with dramatic cost efficiencies 164 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Details: Bermai, Inc., 410 Cambridge Avenue, Second Floor, Palo Alto, California 94306. Phone: 650-3318700. Fax: 650-330-2340. URL: www.bermai.com British Telecom BT is one of Europe's leading providers of telecommunications services in UK and elsewhere in Europe. Its principal activities include local, national and international telecommunications services, higher-value broadband and internet products and services, and IT solutions. In the UK, BT serves over 20 million business and residential customers with more than 29 million exchange lines, as well as providing network services to other licensed operators. BT consists principally of three lines of business: BT Retail, serving businesses and residential customers. BT Wholesale, providing network services and solutions within the UK and BT Global Services, BT's managed services and solutions provider, serving multi-site organizations worldwide. Details: BT Group plc, BT Centre, 81 Newgate St., London, EC1A 7AJ, United Kingdom. Phone: +44-207356-5000. Fax: +44-20-7356-5520. URL: www.bt.com Cavium Networks Cavium Networks is a semiconductor company that is delivering the industry's largest family of network security processors. Cavium's award winning NITROX family of security processors are single chip solutions that deliver 100 Mbps to 10 Gbps of encryption bandwidth with 1 K to 40 K RSA/DH operations per second. Cavium's highly integrated, feature rich NITROX families of Security Macro Processors deliver unprecedented performance in wired and wireless IPsec based network security applications and SSL based secure e-Business while significantly reducing the cost and complexity of deployment. Details: Cavium Networks, 2610 Augustine Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054. Phone: 408-844-8420 Fax: 408844-8418. URL: www.cavium.com CIBERNET corporation CIBERNET is the only company in the wireless marketplace offering independent, comprehensive financial services to simplify all aspects of a wireless service provider's roaming obligations. Cibernet is the global leader for Mobile Transaction Management Solutions, and has provided inter-company billing protocols and financial settlement services for the wireless industry since 1988. Cibernet serves over 300 mobile operators in more than 80 countries and settles $7 billion in wireless transactions annually. Cibernet’s transaction management solutions are designed for mobile Internet and m-Commerce partner relationship management, wholesale billing exchange, revenue sharing, and settlement. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 165 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Details: CIBERNET Corporation, 4600 East-West Highway, Suite 620. Phone: 301-961-0810. Fax: 301-9610811. URL: www.cibernet.com CSR Based out of UK, this Cambridge based company CSR provides single-chip radio devices for Bluetooth wireless communication. CSR offers developed hardware/software packages based around its flagship product named BlueCore. It is a fully integrated 2.4 GHz radio, baseband and microcontroller. The technology features in about 60 percent of all Bluetooth qualified end products and modules with international names such as Microsoft Corp, Nokia, Dell, Panasonic, Audi, NEC, Toshiba, Samsung and Sony. Details: CSR, Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge, CB4 0WH, UK. Tel: +44 (0)1223 692000. Fax: +44 (0)1223 692001. URL: www.csr.com Delphi Communication Systems Leader in embedded software and hardware designs for wireless applications including high performance physical layer algorithms for 2.5G and 3G applications supporting GSM/GPRS/EDGE, UMTS, and CDMA2000. Delphi Communication Systems is a world leader in embedded software for wireless applications providing superior PHYsical layer solutions for 2.5G and 3G. Delphi’s wireless DSP software supports GSM/GPRS/EDGE, UMTS and CDMA2000 for Base Station and Terminal side solutions. Delphi also offers hardware design services and protocol integration and optimization enabling customers to rapidly complete 3G wireless designs. Delphi’s comprehensive library of wireless software, voice coders and related products are in use by customers worldwide. Details: Delphi Communication Systems, Two Clock Tower Place, Suite 310, Maynard, Massachusetts 01754. Phone: 978-897-5650. Fax: 978-461-1725 URL: www.delcomsys.com Envara Envara, Inc., a fabless semiconductor company, develops and markets a suite of complete multi-mode Wireless Local Area Networking (WLAN) chipset solutions for the residential, enterprise and public access markets. Envara's solutions operate transparently in all internationally allocated 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz WLAN frequency bands. The company's solutions include WiND502, a two-chip, multi-mode WLAN solution supporting IEEE 802.11a/g wireless standards; and the WiND512 IEEE 802.11g/b chipset. Envara's solutions enable PC and PC-peripherals manufacturers, wireless networking ODMs, and Consumer Electronics manufacturers to benefit from low cost, low power and high-performance solutions, reduced BOM costs and accelerated time to market. Details: Envara, Inc., Millennium Building, 6th floor, Hatidhar 3 Ra'anana, 43000. Tel: +972-9-7766200, Fax: 972-9-7766225. URL: www.envara.com 166 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Ericsson World leading supplier in the growing telecommunications and data communications industry. Ericsson is the largest supplier of mobile systems in the world. The world’s ten largest mobile operators are among Ericsson’s customers and some 40% of all mobile calls are made through Ericsson systems. Ericsson provides total solutions covering everything from systems and applications to services and core technology for mobile handsets. Details: Ericsson, URL: www.ericsson.com Flarion Flarion Technologies is mobilizing the Internet with its innovative mobile communications network technology. Flarion's FLASH-OFDM technology, which originated in Bell Labs, enables licensed mobile operators to profitably offer broadband services with ubiquitous cellular coverage. Flarion's RadioRouter base station product easily overlays onto an operator's existing network and radio spectrum, and provides a seamless routing interface to the operator's existing core IP network. Flarion's FLASH-OFDM-enabled devices provide people with a true broadband mobile Internet access experience. Details: Flarion Technologies, Inc., Bedminster One, 135 Route 202/206 South, Bedminster, NJ 07921,. Phone: 908-947-7000, Fax: 908-947-7090. URL: www.flarion.com Infoclarus Headquartered in Waltham, Massachusetts, InfoClarus is a mobile solutions company that enables enterprises to use wireless and multi-media technologies to significantly enhance business performance. InfoClarus leverages standards-based technology, applications and industry-leading expertise to help enterprise professionals make business decisions quickly and effectively. Details: InfoClarus, 71 Second Avenue, 3rd Floor, Waltham, MA 02451 Phone: 781-622-5050, Fax: 781-6225060. URL: www.infoclarus.com IPWireless, Inc. IPWireless develops an advanced standards-based broadband wireless technology that will drastically improve the way people around the world connect and communicate at home, at the office, or on the road. With a full range of commercial network solutions and devices, IPWireless allows operators to offer a spectrum of fixed, portable, or completely mobile wireless services with unmatched economics and broadband performance. IPWireless has quickly established itself as a leader in the market, with commercial deployments in service for more than a year, trials with ten of the top twenty global wireless operators, and strategic partnerships and D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 167 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies relationships with industry leading companies. Details: IPWireless, 1001 Bayhill Drive, 2nd Floor, San Bruno, CA 94066. Phone: 650-616-4062 Fax: 650616-4017. URL: www.ipwireless.com Lucent Lucent is the leader in building 3G networks.Lucent's Mobility Solutions Group is totally dedicated to meeting the needs of the world's largest and most innovative mobile service providers, including incumbent wireless carriers and emerging 3G mobile operators worldwide. Details: Lucent Technologies, Mobility Solutions and Network Operations Software, Phone: 908-582-4332, Fax: 908-582-1442. URL: www.lucent.com Mitsubishi Electric Corporation With 80 years of experience in providing reliable, high-quality products to both corporate clients and general consumers all over the world, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is a recognized world leader in the manufacture, marketing and sales of electrical and electronic equipment used in information processing and communications, space development and satellite communications, consumer electronics, industrial technology, energy, transportation and construction. Details: Mitsubishi Electric Corporation (Japan), 5665 Plaza Drive, P.O. Box 6007, Cypress, CA 90630--0007. Phone: +81-3-3218-2346. URL: www.mitsubishiwireless.com Motorola The Global Telecom Solutions Sector (GTSS) delivers the infrastructure, network services and software that meet the needs of operators worldwide today, while providing a migration path to next-generation networks that will enable them to offer innovative, revenue-generating applications and services to their customers. Details: Global Telecom Solutions Sector, 303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196. Phone: 512 895-1654. URL: www.motorola.com 168 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Nokia Corporation Nokia is the world leader in mobile communications. Backed by its experience, innovation, user-friendliness and secure solutions, the company has become the leading supplier of mobile phones and a leading supplier of mobile, fixed broadband and IP networks. By adding mobility to the Internet, Nokia creates new opportunities for companies and further enriches the daily lives of people. Details: Nokia, Keilalahdentie 2-4, P.O. Box 226, Finland-00045. Phone: +358-7180-08000. URL: www.nokia.com NTT DoCoMo, Inc. NTT DoCoMo is the world's leading mobile communications company with more than 47 million customers. The company provides a wide variety of leading-edge mobile multimedia services. These include i-mode®, the world's most popular mobile internet service, which provides e-mail and Internet access to over 39 million subscribers, and FOMA, launched in 2001 as the world's first 3G mobile service based on W-CDMA. In addition to wholly owned subsidiaries in Europe and North and South America, the company is expanding its global reach through strategic alliances with mobile and multimedia service providers in Asia-Pacific and the Americas. Details: NTT DoCoMo, Tel: +81-3-5563-7045, Fax: +81-3-5572-6646. URL: www.nttdocomo.com Qualcomm Incorporated Develops and enables innovative digital wireless communications products and services based on the company's digital technologies. Qualcomm Incorporated (www.qualcomm.com) is a leader in developing and delivering innovative digital wireless communications products and services based on the Company's CDMA digital technology. Details: Qualcomm Incorporated, 5775 Morehouse Drive, San Diego, CA 92121. Phone: 858-587-1121 Fax: 858-658-2100. URL: www.qualcomm.com Research in Motion limited Research in Motion Limited (RIM) provides a palm-sized wireless handheld with integrated support for its BlackBerry wireless e-mail software, Internet, paging, and organizer features. Research In Motion is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of innovative wireless solutions for the worldwide mobile communications market. Through the development of integrated hardware, software and services that support multiple wireless network standards, RIM provides platforms and solutions for seamless access to time- D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 169 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies sensitive information including email, phone, SMS messaging, Internet and intranet-based applications. RIM technology also enables a broad array of third party developers and manufacturers to enhance their products and services with wireless connectivity. Details: Research In Motion, 295 Phillip Street, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2L 3W8. Phone: 519-888-7465. Fax: 519-888-7884. URL: www.rim.net Sprint Total communications company for personal, business, home office and college. Sprint is a global integrated communications provider serving more than 26 million customers in over 100 countries. With approximately 70,000 employees worldwide and nearly $27 billion in annual revenue, Sprint is widely recognized for developing, engineering and deploying state-of-the-art network technologies, including the United States' first nationwide all-digital, fiber-optic network and an award-winning Tier 1 Internet backbone. Sprint provides local communications services in 39 states and the District of Columbia and operates the largest 100% digital, nationwide PCS wireless network in the United States. Details: Sprint Corporation, 6200 Sprint Parkway, Overland Park, KS 66251, 800-829-0965. URL: www.sprint.com Staccato Communications Staccato Communications Inc., a fabless semiconductor company based in San Diego, is devoted to developing innovative Ultrawideband (UWB) technology. Founded in 2002 by industry veterans who have been pioneering UWB technology since 1996, Staccato has an experienced engineering team that has built several of the only high-speed CMOS RF silicon devices shipping in volume today. The company is leading industry development of the first UWB silicon in all-CMOS to enable universal wireless connectivity of high-speed devices using available UWB spectrum. Details: Staccato Communications, Inc, 5893 Oberlin Drive, Suite 105, San Diego, California 92121. Phone: 858-642-0111. Fax: 858-642-0161. URL: www.staccatocommunications.com TTPCom TTP Communications plc, world leading independent supplier of digital wireless communications technology. Details: TTPCom Ltd Head Office, Melbourn Science Park, Cambridge Road, Melbourn, Royston, Herts SG8 6HQ,UK. Phone: +44-1763-266266, Fax: +44-1763-261216.URL: www.ttpcom.com 170 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Wisair Wisair develops and markets chipsets and solutions based on the UWB technology for high performance wireless communication. Wisair is a privately held company founded in May 2001 as part of the RAD Group with their seed investment. Details: Wisair Ltd., 24 Raoul Wallenbereg St., Ramat Hachayal, Tel-Aviv 69719, ISRAEL. Phone: +972-37676606 fax: +972-3-6477608. URL: www.wisair.com Xilinx Xilinx is the worldwide leader in complete programmable logic solutions. Xilinx leads one of the fastest growing segments of the semiconductor industry, programmable logic devices. Xilinx develops, manufactures, and markets a broad line of advanced integrated circuits, software design tools and intellectual property. Customers use the automated tools and intellectual property--predefined system-level functions delivered as software cores--from Xilinx and its partners to program the chips to perform custom logic operations. Details: Xilinx, Inc., 2100 Logic Drive, San Jose, CA 95124-3400, Phone: 408-559-7778. Fax: 408-559-7114. URL: www.xilinx.com D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 171 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Contact Details Arun Bhikshesvaran, Director, Strategic Planning, Ericsson. Phone: 972-583-0982. e-mail: [email protected] Ivo Bolsens, Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, Xilinx, Phone: 510-600-8750 E-mail: [email protected] Gideon Barak, Chairman, Envara. Phone: 650-632-4252. e-mail: [email protected] Mike Doheny, Director, Global Industry Analyst Relations,Motorola. Phone: 847-435-3371. e-mail: [email protected] Craig Barratt, President and Chief Executive Officer, Atheors. Phone: 408-773-5200 e-mail : [email protected] Sohail A. Khan, Executive Vice President, Agere Systems.Phone: 610-712-6737. e-mail :[email protected] John Pavelich, Entrust Security Consultant, Entrust. Phone: 613-270-3666. e-mail : [email protected] Steve Timmerman, VP Marketing and Business Development, Bermai. Phone: 650-331-8700. e-mail: [email protected] Ronny Haraldsvik, Sr. Director of Marketing, Flarion Technologies. Phone: 831-648-1214 Ee-mail: [email protected] Jim Lansford, Chief Technology Officer, Mobilian Corporation, Phone: 405-377-6170. e-mail : [email protected] Jon Hambidge, Senior Director Marketing, IPWireless, Phone: 650-616-4263. e-mail : [email protected] Mark Bowles, VP of Marketing and Business Development, Staccato communications. Phone: 858-642-0111 ext. 12. e-mail : [email protected] Mike Scruggs, Product Manager, Cavium Networks. Phone: 408-844-8420 ext: 205. e-mail [email protected] 172 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com : Patents, Glossary, Company listing, Contact Details Serdar Yurdakul, Dir., Business Development and Marketing, US, Phone: 408-399-7747. e-mail : [email protected] Vijay Thakur, VP Marketing, Infoclarus. Phone: 978-314-8484. e-mail : [email protected] Ji Hong Chen, Researcher, Lucent Technologies. Phone: 908-582-4332. e-mail : [email protected] Fred Tanzella, Chief Security Officer, AirDefense. Phone: 770-663-8115 e-mail : [email protected] Bernard Aboussouan, VP of Marketing, Beamreachnetworks. Phone: 408-869-8780. e- mail:[email protected] Steven Glapa, Communications, ArrayComm, Phone: 408-428-9080. e-mail : [email protected] Venkat Rao, Professor, Ind. Material Vetenskap-Tmfy-MSE, KTH, Brinellvagen 23, Stockholm SE-100 44, Sweden. Phone: +46-8-790-7771. Fax: +46-8-790-7771. E-mail: [email protected] Mark G Allen, Professor, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332.Phone: 404 385 2174.Email: [email protected]. Dale Gary, Department of Physics, New Jersey Institute of Technology, University Heights, Newark, NJ 07102-1982. Phone: 973-642-7878. E-mail: [email protected]. Nick Colaneri, Director, New Technology, UNIAX Corporation, 6780 Corotna Drive, Santa Barbara, CA 93117. Phone: 805-562-5305. Fax: 805-562-9144. E-mail: [email protected]. Bart Kosko, Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 900892564. Phone: 213-740-6242. Fax: 213-740-4651. E-mail: [email protected] Ron Gilgenbach, Nuclear Engineering & Radiological Sciences Dept, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-2104. Phone: 734-763-126. Fax: 734-763-4540. E-mail: [email protected]. Kenneth K. O, Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Florida, 216 Larsen Hall, PO Box 116200, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. Phone: 352-392-6618. Fax: 352-392-8381. E-mail: [email protected]. Tan Kok Kiong, Associate Professor, Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, National University of Singapore, E4 08-16, 4 Engineering Drive 3, Singapore 117576. Phone +65-68742110. Fax: +65-67791103. E-mail: [email protected] Peter Burke, Assistant Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science (EECS), D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 173 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies University of California at Irvine (UCI), Irvine, CA 92697. Phone: 949-824-9326. Fax: 949-824-3732. E-mail: [email protected] Moungi Bawendi, Department of Chemistry and Center for Materials Science and Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge Massachusetts 02139, USA. Phone: 617-2539796. Fax 617-253-7030.E-mail: [email protected]. Peter Corke, Principal Research Scientist, CSIRO Manufacturing and Infrastructure Technology, PO Box 883, Kenmore, Queensland 4069, Australia. Phone: +61-7-3327-4584. Fax:+61-7-3327 4455. E-mail: [email protected] Steven Arms, President, MicroStrain, Inc., 310 Hurricane Lane, Suite 4, Williston, VT 05495-2082. Phone: 802-862-6629 Ext 11, Fax 802-863-4093, E-mail: [email protected]. URL: www.microstrain.com Roger Green, School of Engineering, University of Warwick, Coventry, CV4 7AL, UK. Phone: 44-247-6523133. Fax: 44-24-76-418922. E-mail: [email protected]. Paul Berger, Department of Electrical Engineering, The Ohio State University, 205 Dreese Laboratory, 2015 Neil Avenue, Columbus, OH 43210 USA . Phone: 614-247-6235.FAX: 614-292-7596. Email: [email protected]. Milton Feng, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 325 Microelectronics Laboratory, 208 North Wright Street, Urbana, IL 61801. Phone: 217-333-8080.E-mail: [email protected]. Jay Browne, Managing Director, btechcorp, 8395 Greenwood Drive, Longmont, CO 80503. Phone: 303-6526418. Fax: 303-652-6422. E-mail: [email protected]. Robert W. Boyd, Wilmot 308, University of Rocheste, Rochester, NY 14627. Phone: 585-275-2329. Fax: 585244-4936. E-mail: [email protected] Flavius Gruian, Guest Teacher, Department of Computer Science, Lund University Box 118 S-221 00, Lund, Sweden. Phone: +46-46-222-46-73. Fax: +46-46-13-10-21. Email: [email protected]. 174 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Frost & Sullivan 2004 Science and Technology Awards Excellence In Technology Introduction Award Description Frost & Sullivan’s Excellence in Technology Award is bestowed upon the company that has pioneered the development and introduction of an innovative technology into the market; a technology that has either impacted or has the potential to impact several market sectors. This award recognizes a company’s successful technology development that is expected to bring significant contributions to the industry in terms of adoption, change, and competitive posture. It also recognizes the overall technical excellence of a company and its commitment toward technology innovation. Research Methodology To choose the award recipient, Frost & Sullivan’s analyst team tracks technology innovation in key hi-tech markets. The selection process includes primary participant interviews and extensive primary and secondary research via the bottom-up approach. The analyst team shortlists candidates on the basis of a set of qualitative and quantitative measurements. The analyst also considers the pace of technology innovation, the potential relevance or significance of the technology to the overall industry. The ultimate award recipient is chosen after a thorough evaluation of this research. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 175 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Measurement Criteria In addition of the methodology described above, there are specific criteria used to determine the final rankings. The recipient of this award has excelled based on one or more of the following criteria: • Number of new technologies developed or introduced • Significance of a technology/ technologies in the industry • Competitive advantage of technology/ technologies vis-à-vis competing ones • Ease of adoption of new technology/ technologies • Potential of technology/ technologies to become an industry standard • General impact of technology in terms of shifting R&D focus Award Recipient Wisair Ltd. is the recipient of Frost & Sullivan’s 2004 Award for Excellence in Technology for its pioneering efforts in the development of Ultra wide band (UWB) technology and in the promotion of the UWB standardization & regulation. Wisair is part of the RAD group, a large Israeli Technology Group that consists of independent companies that collectively cater to the networking and telecommunications industry. Each company under this group operates independently and is guided by RAD Group founders under a strategic umbrella. Consumer electronics items generally require 100 kbps and USB applications go as high as 12 mbps. HDTV and multi-streaming HDTV each require anywhere between 6 mbps to 20 mbps. This new wireless technology enables short-range wireless connection between devices at speeds of 480 mb/sec, and 100 times faster than its arch rival Bluetooth. As UWB transceivers use low-power short-burst radio waves, they are much simpler to build and cheaper. In fact, the industry started pursuing 802.15.3a when it became clear that the existing pulse-based radio scheme was impractical because of the high data rates required for HDTV and other data rich applications. At the time the choices were limited to OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) and the Multiband-based approaches. Multiband was simpler and better cost wise too, but did not remedy all problems. Wisair is cofounder of the ‘Multi Band’ coalition along with Intel, Time Domain, General Atomic, Philips, Staccato 176 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Frost & Sullivan 2004 Science and Technology Awards Communications. This coalition discovered that when they combined 802.15.3a with Texas Instruments’ OFDM technology, it afforded a much superior solution that also addressed deficiencies in range, scalability and multi-usability. The OFDM proposal encodes data with the same standard used for 802.11a and 802.11g and divides the available spectrum into several bands that can be used simultaneously to provide interference robustness. The UWB chipsets developed by Wisair are cost competitive and suitable for high bit rate applications. Since the consumption of power is very little it is ideal for small devices such as cell phones and personal digital assistants. Also, since it operates at such low power, it has very little interference impact on other systems. UWB appears to be the best solution currently available for electronic-gadget-rich homes as it allows wireless connectivity between most multimedia devices that require transfer of humongous amounts of data. Wisair has hands-on experience with complete understanding of the practical problems of UWB signal transmission and reception, and with OFDM technology likely to obtain regulatory approvals by mid-2004; and a fully ratified 802.15.3a by late 2004 or early 2005, the company seems to be forerunner in exploiting the burgeoning market. For the PC industry, which has been clamoring for high-speed, short-range cable replacement technology, UWB is a perfect solution. It is likely that the personal computers and peripherals industry may provide bulk demand for the UWB-enabled devices. Frost & Sullivan’s Excellence in Technology Award thereby, recognizes Wisair’s outstanding contributions to the development of UWB technology and standards, which will lay the groundwork for the technology’s likely mass acceptance. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 177 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Technology Leadership Introduction Award Description The Frost & Sullivan Award for Technology Leadership is presented each year to the company that has demonstrated excellence in technology leadership within its industry. The recipient company should have demonstrated technology leadership by excelling in all stages of the technology lifecycle--incubation, adaptation, take-up and maturity--to ensure a continuous flow of improvements. By creating leading-edge concepts, the company should have pioneered client applications. Research Methodology To choose the recipient of this award, analysts track all emerging technologies and ongoing research and development projects within the industry. This process includes interviews with leading developers and industry participants and extensive secondary research. Elements such as feasibility of product launch, likelihood of customer acceptance and acceptance rates, and estimated time-to-market are also considered. Competitors are then compared and ranked for their relative positions. The company chosen to receive the award should have received the number one technological ranking. The general methodology for producing Frost and Sullivan reports includes the following steps: 1. Perform a review of patents to become familiar with the major developers and commercial players and their processes. 2. Building on the patent search, analysts review abstracts and identify key scientific papers. The scientific papers help us analyze the key players and become more familiar with technical processes. 3. Analysts interview university and national laboratory researchers not involved with the major commercial players to find out about the advantages and disadvantages of processes and the drivers and challenges behind technologies, and to round out the list of key players. 4. Armed with knowledge from patents, papers, and academic interviews, the analysts call the principal companies, developers, researchers, engineers, and marketing experts and ask them questions commensurate to the requirements of the research. 178 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Frost & Sullivan 2004 Science and Technology Awards Measurement Criteria In addition to the methodology described above, there are specific criteria used in determining the final ranking of competitors in this industry. The recipient of this award should have excelled based on one or more of the following criteria: • Significance of the technology in the industry • Number of competitors having similar technology (competitive factor) • Technology innovation compared with that of competitors • Significance of new products within the general context of scientific and technological development • Competitive advantage, current and/or potential, of new products Award Recipient AirDefense, Inc. is the recipient of Frost & Sullivan’s 2004 Award for Technology Leadership in recognition of the company’s leadership in introducing a set of truly breakthrough technologies--an enterprise-class solution based on a secure appliance and distributed smart sensors--in the wireless security arena. These solutions easily scale to support single offices, corporate campuses or hundreds of other locations. Network security remains a key vulnerability for enterprises looking to deploy wireless networks. Surveys indicate that rogue users and access points remain major concerns for organizations planning to install wireless LAN connections. More and more companies and governmental organizations are increasingly deploying AirDefense's solutions. As a result the company is now securing and managing more than 3,500 wireless LANs worldwide. AirDefense has shown leadership and contributed rapidly to this industry in its relatively short existence (it was founded in 2001). It pioneered the concept of 24x7 monitoring of airwaves and has twelve patents pending. Wireless hotspots are mushrooming and most of the operators have a model in place and they charge a fee for the same from the users. To do that in a profitable mode without any theft of service, authentication of the users is required, one which is a strong scalable authentication. Also the users in turn require certain amount of confidentiality from these hot spots. None of them, other than digital certificates are available at a scalable mechanism right now, at a low cost. This is where AirDefense comes into picture. The company now provides the most advanced solutions for rogue WLAN detection, policy enforcement, intrusion protection and WLAN health monitoring. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 179 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies The AirDefense WLAN security platform features a Linux-based central server appliance and remote smart sensors that monitor WLAN traffic. The AirDefense security product can push configuration changes to remote access points. The product sits on top of wireless VPNs and encryption technology, and allows administrators to survey wireless access points and client machines across their networks. With a server appliance and a distributed network of sensor appliances, AirDefense lets customers monitor all activities on their WLANs from a centralized management interface. The intuitive visualization feature of the product makes it easy to monitor the health of access points that constitute a wireless network. The platform consists of two modules: AirDefense RogueWatch, which provides monitoring features and spots unauthorized access points; and the AirDefense Guard, which includes network intelligence and security, features. For the RogueWatch module, AirDefense introduced a network-mapping feature that graphically depicts all WLANs detected by the AirDefense sensors. Administrators can drill down to view each access point and wireless workstation, even viewing the signal strength and data transmission between wireless clients at a given access point, the company said. For the Guard module, AirDefense added a policy enforcement and management feature that enables security policies and configuration changes to be pushed down to access points. The advantage of this WLAN security system is that it has dual radios that can monitor all three WLAN standards simultaneously: 802.11a on the 5 GHz frequency spectrum as well as 802.11b and 802.11g on the 2.4 GHz spectrum. This allows companies to prevent employees and contractors from setting up unauthorized wireless access points on the company's network. It also enables administrators to view access points that are communicating with the wireless workstations. One can then determine whether there is unauthorized policy set on those devices, or whether there are any security or performance issues. AirDefense solutions complement wireless VPNs, encryption and authentication. Not only has AirDefense succeeded in applying the technology to large-scale processes, there is every reason to expect the technology can be successfully manufactured at low cost and in large volumes. It is because of this leadership and in recognition of such high potential that AirDefense, Inc. has been bestowed with the Frost & Sullivan Technology Leadership Award. 180 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Decision Support Database Tables Telecom Investments Telecom Investments by Country Frost & Sullivan's Communication & IT Decision Support Database Service offers a valuable collection of tables that provide historic and forecast data for investments in the telecom market. Table 10-1 Yearly investments in billions of dollars, from 1996 to 2004. Decision Support Database Table 10-1. Telecommunication Investment (Billion USD) Country North America Canada 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 CAGR % (2001 2004) 3.0 4.4 4.0 5.2 5.3 5.9 6.4 7.2 8.4 12.83 22.4 23.2 24.2 26.6 29.8 33.7 38.4 44.6 52.6 15.99 Mexico 0.7 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.5 3.0 3.4 4.1 5.0 19.43 TOTAL 26.1 28.8 29.9 33.7 37.7 42.5 48.2 55.9 66.0 15.81 United States Latin America Argentina 1.7 1.4 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.5 0.9 1.0 1.2 Brazil 6.8 6.9 8.0 10.9 11.5 12.3 13.5 15.1 17.4 12.31 (7.41) Chile 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9 11.66 Peru 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 10.01 Venezuela 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 6.97 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 10.4 10.3 11.6 14.4 15.3 16.5 17.4 19.5 22.2 10.45 12.33 - Asia-Pacific Australia 3.5 3.7 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.9 3.4 Malaysia 1.9 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.4 3.8 9.65 Philippines 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 15.98 China 11.0 12.7 21.2 26.1 30.0 34.5 39.0 44.8 51.1 14.00 India 2.4 2.4 5.1 6.1 6.9 8.0 9.5 11.4 13.4 18.66 Indonesia 2.1 1.5 0.6 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 16.99 37.9 35.4 37.2 39.8 43.8 49.0 55.7 64.1 75.0 15.23 New Zealand 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 16.69 Singapore 0.4 0.8 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 15.99 South Korea 5.8 8.1 6.6 7.0 7.9 8.5 9.2 9.7 10.4 7.00 Taiwan 1.8 1.5 2.4 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.1 9.90 Japan D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 181 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Others 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.3 18.67 TOTAL 69.0 70.7 80.5 90.2 100.9 113.6 128.5 147.2 169.6 14.28 Western Europe Austria 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.8 12.31 Belgium 1.1 1.5 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 17.65 Denmark 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.6 2.8 11.27 Finland 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 11.66 France 4.9 5.7 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.8 10.0 11.5 13.3 14.67 11.7 8.9 8.8 9.3 10.2 11.4 12.9 14.7 16.9 14.00 Greece 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 12.64 Iceland 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 9.06 Ireland 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 16.67 Italy 5.9 6.7 7.2 8.0 8.9 10.2 11.7 13.7 15.8 16.00 Luxembourg 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 6.89 Netherlands 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.8 3.4 4.1 4.7 5.4 16.95 13.34 Germany Norway 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.9 Portugal 1.1 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.3 8.34 Spain 2.8 2.4 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.6 3.0 3.2 3.5 10.93 Sweden 1.0 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9 12.00 Switzerland 1.8 1.6 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 12.00 United Kingdom 5.9 6.9 8.9 12.8 14.4 16.5 18.9 21.7 24.3 13.66 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 42.5 42.7 45.2 52.6 58.8 66.7 76.0 86.9 98.9 14.01 Czech Republic 1.1 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.5 14.33 Hungary 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 14.01 Poland 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.9 16.99 Russia 1.3 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.6 10.83 Turkey 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 5.29 Others 1.5 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.2 18.32 TOTAL 5.7 6.3 6.6 7.3 7.9 8.6 9.6 11.2 13.1 14.86 - Eastern Europe Middle East Egypt 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 5.69 Israel 1.0 0.9 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 4.24 Saudi Arabia 1.2 1.1 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.4 6.59 Others 1.2 1.2 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.2 3.7 4.4 17.67 TOTAL 3.6 3.4 4.7 5.0 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.4 8.5 11.39 South Africa 0.9 1.5 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.5 2.9 3.1 3.2 (2.14) Others 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 9.33 TOTAL 1.5 2.1 3.3 3.5 3.8 4.1 3.6 3.8 4.0 (0.26) 158.8 164.3 181.6 206.6 229.9 258.2 290.0 331.8 382.3 Africa WORLD TOTAL 182 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 13.98 Decision Support Database Tables Definition The total annual investment for telecom switching equipment such as local, national (trunk) and international exchanges by telecom service providers Base Year for Forecast 2001 Note 1. Figures for 2000 and 2001 are Frost & Sullivan Estimates. 2. Hyphen indicates non-availability of data 3. The data provided for some of the Western European countries also include foreign direct investment in the telecom infrastructure sector 3. Countries included under "Others" Asia-Pacific : Pakistan, Thailand Eastern Europe : Albania, Belarus, Croatia, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Ukraine, Yugoslavia Middle East : Cyprus, Iran, Kuwait, Lebanon, Oman, Qatar, Syria, UAE Africa : Algeria, Cameroon, Kenya, Morocco, Nigeria, Tunisia, Uganda, Zimbabwe D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 183 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Telecom Spending Telecom Spending by Country Frost & Sullivan's Communication & IT Decision Support Database Service offers a valuable collection of tables that provide historic and forecast data for Telecom Spending. Table 10-2. Yearly telecommunication service spending in billions of dollars, from 1996 to 2004. Decision Support Database Table 10-2. Telecommunication Service spending (Billion USD) Country North America Canada 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 CAGR % (2001 - 2004) 15.2 16.6 17.3 19.2 20.4 21.3 21.3 22.1 23.7 209.6 220.1 231.1 242.6 252.3 266.0 276.6 298.7 325.6 6.98 Mexico 7.9 8.4 8.1 8.9 10.2 10.8 11.8 13.0 14.4 10.00 TOTAL 232.6 245.1 256.4 270.8 282.9 298.0 309.6 333.8 363.7 6.86 United States 3.64 Latin America Argentina 6.7 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.4 7.6 4.3 4.8 5.4 (10.84) Brazil 13.9 20.1 22.6 30.3 31.4 31.7 32.0 35.2 38.4 6.59 Chile 1.9 2.3 2.6 3.2 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.4 4.8 6.29 Peru - - - - - - - - - 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.6 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.8 4.6 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 24.4 31.1 34.1 43.1 45.2 46.2 43.6 48.3 53.3 4.85 Australia 15.4 16.9 16.9 17.6 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.9 21.7 5.64 Malaysia 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.1 3.4 3.5 3.7 4.1 4.5 8.51 Philippines 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 10.31 China 18.5 18.9 29.1 35.2 39.4 44.0 49.1 55.0 61.6 11.83 India 3.8 4.6 9.6 11.3 12.1 12.5 13.8 15.4 17.2 11.16 Indonesia 3.0 3.4 1.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 10.44 128.9 152.1 164.6 192.7 208.8 225.8 229.6 234.2 237.7 1.73 New Zealand 2.5 2.8 2.9 3.1 3.5 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.3 3.98 Singapore 3.2 3.7 4.0 4.2 4.5 4.7 4.9 5.3 5.7 6.98 16.6 15.7 12.9 13.5 14.8 16.1 16.9 17.6 18.4 4.50 Taiwan 6.5 7.8 9.0 10.3 10.9 11.3 12.1 12.9 14.0 7.33 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 202.5 230.0 254.6 294.5 318.9 344.1 357.0 373.0 390.4 Venezuela 17.42 - Asia-Pacific Japan South Korea 184 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 4.30 Decision Support Database Tables Western Europe Austria 4.2 4.1 4.2 4.4 5.1 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.1 4.13 Belgium 6.0 5.8 5.9 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.5 7.8 8.3 4.82 Denmark 3.6 3.7 3.9 4.4 5.1 5.4 5.6 5.9 6.2 4.33 Finland 3.1 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.4 3.5 3.8 4.1 6.82 France 32.7 31.2 32.1 33.2 36.4 39.3 40.1 41.3 43.0 3.00 Germany 51.8 47.5 48.2 49.6 52.8 56.4 56.9 57.6 60.2 2.22 Greece 3.6 3.7 3.9 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.2 5.5 5.9 6.33 Iceland - - - - - - - - - Ireland 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.8 4.2 10.33 2.88 Italy - 27.5 27.2 28.0 29.0 31.0 32.1 32.7 33.0 35.0 Luxembourg - - - - - - - - - Netherlands 3.8 4.6 9.6 11.3 12.1 12.5 12.9 13.5 14.1 3.90 - Norway 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.4 4.7 6.04 Portugal 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.8 4.3 4.1 4.4 4.7 5.0 7.00 13.7 12.6 13.0 13.7 14.5 15.2 15.7 16.3 17.1 4.06 Sweden 6.7 6.3 6.3 6.5 7.2 7.4 7.6 8.0 8.5 4.99 Switzerland 8.0 7.3 7.6 7.9 8.4 8.9 9.5 9.8 10.3 4.73 31.7 35.5 37.3 38.3 42.5 46.4 47.9 50.7 54.3 5.39 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 206.1 201.9 212.5 222.0 240.6 255.8 262.6 271.8 287.1 3.91 Czech Republic 1.3 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.7 2.9 9.15 Hungary 0.7 0.7 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.4 8.00 Poland 1.2 1.3 4.4 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.0 7.6 8.4 9.00 Russia 3.0 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.2 5.4 4.99 Turkey 2.9 3.6 4.7 6.3 6.9 7.4 8.6 10.9 12.6 19.74 Spain United Kingdom - Eastern Europe Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 9.1 10.2 16.4 20.1 21.9 23.4 26.0 29.6 32.7 11.78 - Middle East Egypt 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.7 7.63 Israel 2.5 2.9 3.3 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.6 5.0 6.16 Saudi Arabia 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.9 5.83 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 5.7 6.5 7.3 8.7 8.7 8.8 9.0 9.7 10.5 6.27 (3.72) - Africa South Africa 4.2 4.1 3.7 3.9 4.2 4.5 3.7 3.7 4.0 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 4.2 4.1 3.7 3.9 4.2 4.5 3.7 3.7 4.0 684.5 729.1 785.1 862.9 922.4 980.8 1,011.7 1,069.9 1,141.5 WORLD TOTAL (3.72) 5.19 Definition Total spending by a country on telecommunication services which include- telephone services, mobile telephony services, switched data, leased line services and cable TV services. Base Year for Forecast 2001 Note 1. Figures for 2000 and 2001 are Frost & Sullivan Estimates. 2. Hyphen indicates non-availability of data. D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 185 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Mobile Workforce Mobile Workforce by Country Frost & Sullivan's Communication & IT Decision Support Database Service offers a valuable collection of tables that provide historic and forecast data for the Mobile Workforce in the Telecom Market. Table 10-3. Yearly database of mobile workforce in thousands, from 1996 to 2004. Decision Support Database Table 10-3. Mobile work force (Thousands) Country CAGR % (2001 - 2004) 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1,515 1,842 2,458 3,070 3,544 4,177 4,650 5,255 6,043 13.10 North America Canada United States 30,234 31,746 33,651 36,006 39,247 42,779 46,629 51,991 58,490 10.99 Mexico 508 622 788 1,316 1,658 2,134 2,628 3,311 4,248 25.79 TOTAL 32,257 34,210 36,897 40,392 44,449 49,090 53,907 60,557 68,781 11.90 Latin America Argentina 168 221 294 426 571 661 814 1,016 1,305 25.45 Brazil 741 1,210 1,696 2,672 3,359 4,317 5,312 6,730 8,931 27.42 Chile 72 81 105 176 182 212 258 319 403 23.88 Peru 79 99 132 225 237 361 461 600 790 29.83 Venezuela 90 143 168 310 427 503 617 770 968 24.39 Others 565 729 844 1,289 1,703 2,250 3,161 4,514 6,559 42.85 TOTAL 1,715 2,483 3,239 5,098 6,479 8,304 10,623 13,949 18,956 31.67 Australia 420 479 505 605 756 978 1,205 1,488 1,869 24.10 Malaysia 25 54 77 117 176 263 325 405 517 25.27 256 425 485 525 821 1,111 1,504 2,073 2,870 37.21 Asia-Pacific Philippines China India Indonesia 3 10 11 19 23 40 55 76 108 39.25 246 475 504 525 995 1,461 1,801 2,266 2,871 25.25 1 3 4 5 6 7 9 12 15 28.92 1,011 1,698 1,870 2,848 3,602 4,361 5,331 6,637 8,416 24.50 New Zealand 27 28 28 28 28 29 29 32 36 7.47 Singapore 14 19 23 26 33 44 59 80 115 37.75 South Korea 25 34 39 44 51 61 73 89 110 21.72 Japan Taiwan 9 11 15 20 23 27 32 38 47 20.29 Others 138 161 228 282 382 437 518 624 768 20.68 TOTAL 2,175 3,397 3,789 5,044 6,896 8,819 10,941 13,820 17,742 26.24 186 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Decision Support Database Tables Western Europe Austria 73 88 103 148 178 216 308 442 649 44.30 Belgium 90 104 139 178 211 276 351 455 602 29.69 Denmark 50 66 77 123 133 151 167 193 227 14.56 Finland 25 65 80 119 128 159 202 256 329 27.43 France 307 718 855 1,248 1,472 1,836 2,379 3,105 4,098 30.69 Germany 760 923 1,128 1,971 2,339 2,954 3,329 3,769 4,316 13.47 Greece 87 104 134 193 208 228 254 286 329 13.00 Iceland 2 2 3 6 7 9 12 15 20 30.50 Ireland Italy 18 22 37 71 80 90 101 115 132 13.62 298 529 720 993 1,112 1,257 1,453 1,700 2,291 22.15 Luxembourg 4 6 6 11 12 14 17 20 24 19.68 Netherlands 84 121 166 276 301 339 388 454 542 16.93 Norway 29 53 63 90 107 128 155 192 242 23.65 Portugal Spain 60 74 120 193 224 263 312 376 463 20.75 207 274 390 627 701 789 891 1,022 1,179 14.33 Sweden 60 68 102 184 203 253 308 342 385 15.02 Switzerland 32 44 55 70 90 119 158 213 288 34.26 24.36 United Kingdom 282 422 532 635 768 941 1,158 1,441 1,810 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 2,468 3,683 4,710 7,136 8,274 10,022 11,943 14,396 17,926 21.39 Czech Republic 51 65 78 130 167 216 285 378 503 32.55 Hungary 62 75 96 105 124 144 172 209 258 21.46 Poland 136 205 223 28 37 47 56 69 87 22.78 Russia 73 90 112 192 259 371 478 629 833 30.95 Turkey 48 72 101 128 149 177 212 256 314 21.06 - Eastern Europe Others 47 54 95 122 140 163 192 228 273 18.76 TOTAL 417 561 705 705 876 1,118 1,395 1,769 2,268 26.59 208 278 374 494 594 680 786 918 1,076 16.53 Middle East Egypt Israel 26 35 48 60 76 87 104 126 153 20.71 Saudi Arabia 72 80 111 134 148 175 210 257 322 22.48 Others 376 461 635 839 934 1,118 1,349 1,639 2,009 21.58 TOTAL 682 854 1,168 1,527 1,752 2,060 2,449 2,940 3,560 20.00 10 20 32 - 53 - 72 - 102 - 122 - 148 - 182 - 21.29 10 20 32 53 72 102 122 148 182 21.29 39,724 45,208 50,540 59,955 68,798 79,515 91,380 107,579 129,415 17.63 Africa South Africa Others - TOTAL WORLD TOTAL D267 - © 2004 Frost & Sullivan - www.frost.com 187 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Definition Mobile workforce are the mobile and remote working employees who spend more than 20% of their time in a week working away from the office. Base Year for Forecast 2001 Note 1. Figures for 2000 and 2001 are Frost & Sullivan estimates. 2.Hyphen indicates non-availability of data 3. Countries included under "Others" Latin America: Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Uruguay Asia-Pacific: Bangladesh, Hongkong, Pakistan, Thailand, Vietnam Eastern Europe: Albania, Belarus, Croatia, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Ukraine, Yugoslavia Middle East: Cyprus, Iran, Kuwait, Lebanon, Oman, Qatar, Syria, UAE 188 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Decision Support Database Tables Mobile Handset Mobile Handset by Country Frost & Sullivan's Communication & IT Decision Support Database Service offers a valuable collection of tables that provide historic and forecast data on share of total handsets in each country in the Telecom Market. Table 10-4 Country share in percentile for total mobile handset sales, from 1996 to 2004. Decision Support Database Table 10-4. Country Share in Total Mobile Handset Sales Country 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1.59 1.29 1.44 1.51 1.61 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.08 North America Canada United States 43.07 34.14 23.83 18.83 21.25 20.85 20.36 19.66 18.32 Mexico 1.00 0.88 0.98 1.81 2.13 2.37 2.34 2.34 2.35 TOTAL 45.66 36.30 26.25 22.16 25.00 24.22 23.72 23.04 21.75 Latin America Argentina 0.31 0.59 0.72 0.89 0.76 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.69 Brazil 1.28 1.77 2.45 3.67 3.27 2.62 2.72 2.84 2.98 Chile 0.15 0.12 0.26 0.54 0.49 0.34 0.34 0.35 0.36 Peru 0.09 0.13 0.16 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14 Venezuela 0.23 0.33 0.75 0.90 0.76 0.55 0.55 0.56 0.57 TOTAL 2.07 2.94 4.34 6.17 5.43 4.26 4.39 4.55 4.75 Australia 1.87 2.62 1.70 1.44 0.95 1.27 1.26 1.23 1.19 Malaysia 0.70 1.20 0.74 0.69 0.53 0.81 0.80 0.77 0.75 Philippines 0.41 0.81 0.55 0.63 0.50 1.20 1.20 1.17 1.15 China 5.31 7.83 7.60 9.60 10.77 16.42 16.37 16.65 17.04 Asia-Pacific India 0.15 0.53 0.38 0.42 0.52 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.63 Indonesia 0.27 0.59 0.34 0.49 0.37 0.60 0.62 0.63 0.65 Japan 21.89 17.12 16.18 12.83 14.67 16.98 16.47 15.99 15.64 New Zealand 0.02 0.08 0.25 0.31 0.24 0.27 0.27 0.24 0.24 Singapore 0.19 0.44 0.35 0.36 0.31 0.32 0.32 0.27 0.24 South Korea 1.49 4.15 4.46 5.20 3.63 3.25 3.21 3.21 3.23 Taiwan 0.95 1.55 1.51 2.51 2.19 1.72 1.33 1.22 1.10 TOTAL 33.24 36.93 34.06 34.50 34.68 43.46 42.48 42.00 41.86 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 189 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Western Europe Austria 0.28 0.34 0.76 0.92 0.83 0.54 0.59 0.62 0.65 Belgium 0.22 0.29 0.58 0.70 0.71 0.61 0.67 0.73 0.77 Denmark 0.62 0.42 0.64 0.51 0.39 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.37 Finland 0.69 0.64 0.99 0.73 0.47 0.33 0.37 0.39 0.41 France 1.15 1.68 3.68 3.83 3.75 3.02 3.04 3.09 3.16 Germany 2.58 2.47 4.59 5.09 6.02 4.56 4.64 4.72 4.83 Greece 0.26 0.28 0.68 0.85 0.75 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.81 Iceland 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Ireland 0.12 0.09 0.31 0.37 0.26 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.29 Italy 2.99 3.25 6.73 6.72 5.36 5.48 5.42 5.41 5.44 Luxembourg 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 Netherlands 0.48 0.43 1.03 1.40 1.31 0.98 1.08 1.10 1.15 Norway 0.59 0.50 0.70 0.59 0.39 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.32 Portugal 0.31 0.45 1.02 1.02 0.84 0.65 0.71 0.75 0.79 Spain 1.40 2.59 2.39 3.27 2.88 2.41 2.43 2.47 2.53 Sweden 1.17 0.94 1.37 1.12 0.80 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.72 Switzerland 0.31 0.31 0.56 0.62 0.57 0.43 0.47 0.49 0.52 United Kingdom 3.33 6.74 4.31 5.23 5.06 3.83 4.21 4.47 4.79 16.55 21.45 30.41 33.02 30.46 24.90 25.89 26.66 27.63 0.34 0.25 0.34 0.25 0.31 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 TOTAL Eastern Europe Czech Republic Hungary 0.22 0.21 0.38 0.21 0.22 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15 Poland 0.10 0.24 0.68 0.53 0.50 0.34 0.33 0.33 0.33 Russia 0.17 0.13 0.26 0.18 0.24 0.19 0.18 0.24 0.31 Turkey 0.38 0.48 1.24 1.06 1.17 0.67 0.65 0.67 0.70 TOTAL 1.21 1.31 2.91 2.23 2.44 1.59 1.54 1.61 1.69 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.10 0.18 0.22 0.28 0.41 0.56 Middle East Egypt Israel 0.72 0.48 0.80 0.58 0.57 0.41 0.53 0.47 0.46 Saudi Arabia 0.10 0.10 0.23 0.17 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.32 0.37 TOTAL 0.82 0.60 1.07 0.85 0.92 0.83 1.06 1.19 1.39 South Africa 0.44 0.47 0.97 1.07 1.07 0.73 0.92 0.94 0.93 TOTAL 0.44 0.47 0.97 1.07 1.07 0.73 0.92 0.94 0.93 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Africa WORLD TOTAL 190 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com Decision Support Database Tables Definition Share of Cellular handsets sold within a country, to that of the total global sales. This is an indicator of the country potential with respect to the world market Base Year for Forecast 2001 Note 1. Figures for 2000 and 2001 are Frost & Sullivan Estimates. 2. The percentages have been calculated on the bases of the Total Cellular Handset Sales data D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 191 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Radio Frequency Identification Equipment/Application Retail Stores by Country Frost & Sullivan's Electronics and Semiconductors Support Database Service offers a valuable collection of tables that provide historic and forecast data for Investments in the Telecom Market. Table 10-5 Number of retail stores in thousands per country, from 1996 to 2004. Decision Support Database Table 10-5. Number of Retail Stores (Thousands) Country CAGR % (2001 - 2004) 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 216 225 241 245 258 266 273 279 286 2.45 United States 1,071 1,098 1,114 1,111 1,112 1,114 1,122 1,127 1,132 0.54 Mexico 1,335 1,370 1,452 1,444 1,468 1,462 1,470 1,477 1,487 0.57 TOTAL 2,622 2,693 2,807 2,800 2,838 2,842 2,865 2,883 2,905 0.73 193 197 208 206 191 182 176 171 167 Brazil 1,786 1,770 1,808 1,930 2,052 2,220 2,299 2,368 2,433 3.10 Chile 211 214 216 219 215 218 226 233 238 2.97 Peru 2.49 North America Canada Latin America Argentina (2.83) 322 344 361 365 361 366 373 382 394 Venezuela - - - - - - - - - - Others - - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 2,512 2,525 2,593 2,720 2,819 2,986 3,074 3,154 3,232 2.67 Australia 158 162 171 159 161 168 177 182 189 4.00 Malaysia - - - - - - - - - 300 336 379 433 437 458 480 499 514 China - - - - - - - - - - India - - - - - - - - - - Indonesia 1,932 2,053 2,214 2,407 2,583 2,637 2,730 2,793 2,852 2.65 Japan 1,431 1,420 1,404 1,407 1,338 1,325 1,309 1,299 1,289 (0.91) 35 36 37 40 40 42 42 43 45 - - - - - - - - - South Korea 963 986 963 909 909 904 898 901 893 (0.41) Taiwan 326 332 339 344 346 347 348 349 355 0.76 Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 5,145 5,325 5,507 5,699 5,814 5,881 5,984 6,066 6,137 Asia-Pacific Philippines New Zealand Singapore 192 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 3.92 2.33 - 1.43 Decision Support Database Tables Western Europe Austria 72 72 65 74 65 67 68 70 71 1.95 Belgium 111 109 108 105 103 101 99 97 97 (1.34) Denmark 38 37 37 39 39 39 39 39 39 Finland 49 50 51 50 48 48 47 45 44 (2.86) 0.00 France 521 543 513 511 521 533 546 557 567 2.08 Germany 432 439 445 441 438 436 434 433 432 (0.31) Greece 164 168 178 185 189 192 195 197 201 1.54 Iceland 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 Ireland 8 8 9 8 8 9 9 10 10 3.57 2.21 Italy 1,154 1,222 1,300 1,351 1,394 1,430 1,464 1,496 1,527 Luxembourg 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Netherlands 159 160 167 164 164 165 165 166 166 Norway 0.00 0.00 0.20 - - - - - - - - - Portugal 146 149 154 150 155 159 163 163 168 1.85 Spain 516 529 536 546 554 560 565 569 573 0.77 34 59 59 57 58 57 57 57 58 0.58 Sweden Switzerland - 41 35 40 41 42 43 44 45 45 1.53 215 210 206 203 201 198 196 193 191 (1.19) Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 3,666 3,796 3,874 3,932 3,986 4,044 4,098 4,144 4,196 - - - - - - - - - 131 135 141 150 157 160 162 165 168 1.64 United Kingdom 1.24 Eastern Europe Czech Republic Hungary - Poland 406 424 452 450 432 419 414 411 408 (0.88) Russia 353 373 399 427 447 466 462 464 464 (0.14) Turkey 176 172 170 153 145 141 137 135 133 (1.93) Others - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 1,066 1,104 1,162 1,180 1,181 1,186 1,175 1,175 1,173 (0.37) Middle East Egypt - - - - - - - - - Israel 57 57 54 53 54 55 55 56 57 - Saudi Arabia - - - - - - - - - - Others - - - - - - - - - - TOTAL 57 57 54 53 54 55 55 56 57 South Africa - - - - - - - - - - Others - - - - - - - - - - TOTAL - - - - - - - - - - 15,068 15,500 15,997 16,384 16,692 16,994 17,251 17,478 17,700 1.20 1.20 Africa WORLD TOTAL D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com 193 1.37 Advances and Trends in Wireless Technologies Definition Total number of Retail Stores in a country, which includes Food retail stores, Automobile repairing, Apparel stores Base Year for Forecast 2001 Note 1. Figures for 2001 are Frost & Sullivan Estimates 2. Hyphen indicates non-availability of data 3. For Argentina, Indonesia Japan, Singapore, Taiwan Poland, Turkey, Greece & Ireland, the data includes Hypermarket, supermarket, grocery, convenience stores & kiosks 4. Philippines, South Korea, Austria, Netherlands, Italy, Finland & France figures include wholesale as well as retail stores 5. Figures for Russia include catering enterprises 6. Israel, Brazil, Mexico, Peru and Chile figures include stores for repair of personal and domestic goods 194 D267 © 2004 Frost & Sullivan www.frost.com